10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year endedDecember 31, 2013

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 000-51222

DEXCOM, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	33-0857544
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
6340 Sequence Drive San Diego, California	92121
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including area code: (858) 200-0200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Per Share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market)
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (Nasdaq Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ý    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yes  ¨    No   ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  ý    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

1

Yes  ý    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definite proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “Smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one)

Large accelerated Filer  ý    Accelerated Filer  ¨    Non-accelerated Filer  ¨    Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨    No  ý

As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,564,116,891 based on the closing sales price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class	Outstanding at February 14, 2014
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share	72,810,396 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the documents listed below have been incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this report, as specified in the responses to the item numbers involved.

Designated portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the 2014 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”): Part III (Items 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13). Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in the Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.

2

DexCom, Inc.

Table of Contents

		Page Number
PART I
ITEM 1.	Business	3
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors	24
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	43
ITEM 2.	Properties	43
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings	43
ITEM 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	44
PART II
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	44
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data	46
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	47
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	55
ITEM 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	55
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	55
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures	55
ITEM 9B.	Other Information	57
PART III
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	58
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation	58
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters	58
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	58
ITEM 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	58
PART IV
ITEM 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	59

2

PART I

Except for historical financial information contained herein, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K may be considered forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and subject to the safe harbor created by the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include declarations regarding our intent, belief, or current expectations and those of our management. Prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control; actual results could differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) that the information is of a preliminary nature and may be subject to further adjustment; (ii) those risks and uncertainties identified under “Risk Factors;” and (iii) the other risks detailed from time-to-time in our reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

DexCom, Inc. is a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring systems for ambulatory use by people with diabetes and for use by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of patients with and without diabetes. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “DexCom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Ambulatory Product Line: SEVEN^® PLUS, DexCom G4^® and DexCom G4^® PLATINUM

We received approval from the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and commercialized our first product in 2006. In 2007, we received approval and began commercializing our second generation system, the DexCom SEVEN. We no longer market or provide support for the DexCom SEVEN system. In 2009 we received approval for our third generation system, the DexCom SEVEN PLUS, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use, and we began commercializing this product in the first quarter of 2009. On June 14, 2012, we received Conformité Européene Marking (“CE Mark”) approval for our fourth generation continuous glucose monitoring system, the DexCom G4 system, enabling commercialization of the DexCom G4 system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark. On October 5, 2012, we received approval from the FDA for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use by adults with diabetes, and we began commercializing this product in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2012. On February 14, 2013, we received CE Mark approval for a pediatric indication for our DexCom G4 system, enabling us to market and sell this system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark to persons two years old and older who have diabetes (hereinafter referred to as the "Pediatric Indication"), and we initiated a limited commercial launch in the second quarter of 2013. In connection with our receipt of CE Mark approval for the Pediatric Indication, we changed the name of the DexCom G4 system to the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system. In the first quarter of 2013, we submitted a PMA supplement to the FDA seeking approval of a Pediatric Indication for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system in the United States and on February 3, 2014, we received approval from the FDA. During the third quarter of 2013, we submitted a PMA supplement to the FDA seeking an expanded indication for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM for professional use. This expanded indication would allow healthcare professionals to purchase DexCom G4 PLATINUM devices for use with multiple patients. Healthcare professionals can use the insights gained from a DexCom G4 PLATINUM professional session to adjust therapy and to educate and motivate patients to modify their behavior after viewing the effects that specific foods, exercise, stress, and medications have on their glucose levels. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term "G4 PLATINUM" shall refer to the DexCom G4 and DexCom G4 PLATINUM systems that are commercialized by us in and outside of the United States.

As compared to the SEVEN PLUS, the G4 PLATINUM offers:

• an improved sensor wire design that allows more scalable manufacturing;

• a smaller, sleeker receiver that is capable of displaying data in color;

• a new transmitter design that offers improved communication range with the receiver that allows for improved data capture;

• additional user interface and algorithm enhancements that are intended to make the user experience more customizable and to make its glucose monitoring function more accurate especially in the hypoglycemic range; and

3

• the ability to market and sell to an expanded customer population due to the approval by the FDA of, and our obtaining a CE Mark for, a Pediatric Indication,

The approval of the G4 PLATINUM and the Pediatric Indication, by the FDA allows for the use of the G4 PLATINUM by persons two years old and older with diabetes to detect trends and track glucose patterns, to aid in the detection of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia and to facilitate acute and long-term therapy adjustments. With the approval of the G4 PLATINUM systems in the United States, we have reduced marketing and sales efforts related to SEVEN PLUS.

DexCom SHARE^TM 

During the third quarter of 2013, we submitted a PMA supplement to the FDA seeking approval of the DexCom SHARE remote monitoring system. Through secure wireless connections, DexCom SHARE notifies another person of a user's G4 PLATINUM sensor glucose information when the G4 PLATINUM Receiver is docked in the DexCom SHARE Cradle. DexCom SHARE provides secondary notification and does not replace real time continuous glucose monitoring or standard home blood glucose monitoring.

In-Hospital Product Line: GlucoClear^® 

To address the in-hospital patient population, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Edwards to develop jointly and market a specific product platform for the in-hospital glucose monitoring market, with an initial focus on the development of an intravenous sensor specifically for the critical care market. On October 30, 2009, we received CE Mark approval for our first generation blood-based in-vivo automated glucose monitoring system, which we have branded the GlucoClear, for use by healthcare providers in the hospital, and in January 2013, Edwards received CE Mark approval for the second generation system. In partnership with Edwards, we initiated a very limited launch of the GlucoClear system in Europe in 2009, and Edwards initiated another limited launch in Europe of the second generation GlucoClear in 2013.

SweetSpot

Through our acquisition of SweetSpot in 2012, we have a software platform that enables our customers to aggregate and analyze data from certain diabetes devices and to share it with their healthcare providers. In November 2011, SweetSpot received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market to clinics a data management service, which helps healthcare providers and patients see, understand and use blood glucose meter data to diagnose and manage diabetes. SweetSpot’s data transfer service is registered with the FDA as a Medical Device Data System (“MDDS”) and allows researchers to control the transfer of data from certain diabetes devices to research tools and databases according to their own research workflows. SweetSpot’s software provides an advanced cloud-based platform for uploading, processing and delivering health data and transforms raw output from certain medical devices into useful information for healthcare providers, individuals and researchers.

Background

From inception to 2006, we devoted substantially all of our resources to start-up activities, raising capital and research and development, including product design, testing, manufacturing and clinical trials. Since 2006, we have devoted considerable resources to the commercialization of our ambulatory continuous glucose monitoring systems, including the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM, as well as the continued research and clinical development of our technology platform.

The International Diabetes Federation (“IDF”) estimates that in 2012, 371 million people around the world had diabetes, and the Centers for Disease Control (“CDC”) estimates that in 2010, diabetes affected 25.8 million people in the United States, of which 7.0 million were undiagnosed. IDF estimates that by 2035, the worldwide incidence of people suffering from diabetes will reach 592 million. The increased prevalence of diabetes is believed to be the result of an aging population, unhealthy diets and increasingly sedentary lifestyles. According to the CDC's National Vital Statistics Reports for 2010, diabetes was the seventh leading cause of death by disease in the United States. According to the Congressional Diabetes Caucus, diabetes is the leading cause of kidney failure, adult-onset blindness, lower-limb amputations, and significant cause of heart disease and stroke, high blood pressure and nerve damage. According to the IDF, there were an estimated 4.8 million deaths attributable to diabetes globally in 2012. The American Diabetes Association (“ADA”) Fast Facts, revised in March 2013, states that diabetes is the primary cause of death for more than 71,000 Americans each year, and contributes to the death of more than 231,000 Americans annually.

According to the Congressional Diabetes Caucus, in the United States, another individual is diagnosed with diabetes every 17 seconds. Each day approximately 5,082 people are diagnosed with diabetes, and about 1.9 million people will be diagnosed this year. In addition to those newly diagnosed, every 24 hours there are: 238 amputations in people with diabetes, 120 people who enter end-stage kidney disease programs, and 48 people who go blind.

4

According to the ADA one in every five healthcare dollars was spent on treating diabetes in 2012, and the direct medical costs and indirect expenditures attributable to diabetes in the United States were an estimated $245 billion, an increase of $71 billion, or approximately 41%, since 2007. Of the $245 billion in overall expenses, the ADA estimated that approximately $176 billion were direct costs associated with diabetes care, chronic complications and excess general medical costs, and $69 billion were indirect medical costs. The ADA also found that average medical expenditures among people with diagnosed diabetes were 2.3 times higher than for people without diabetes in 2012. According to the IDF, expenditures attributable to diabetes were an estimated $471 billion globally in 2012. The IDF estimates that expenditures attributable to diabetes will grow to $627 billion globally by 2035.

We believe continuous glucose monitoring has the potential to enable more people with diabetes to achieve and sustain tight glycemic control. The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (“DCCT”) demonstrated that improving blood glucose control lowers the risk of developing diabetes-related complications by up to 50%. The study also demonstrated that people with Type 1 diabetes achieved sustained benefits with intensive management. Yet, according to an article published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (“JAMA”) in 2004, less than 50% of diabetes patients were meeting ADA standards for glucose control (A1c), and only 37% of people with diabetes were achieving their glycemic targets. The CDC estimated that as of 2006, 63.4% of all adults with diabetes were monitoring their blood glucose levels on a daily basis, and that 86.7% of insulin-requiring patients with diabetes monitored daily.

Various clinical studies also demonstrate the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring and that continuous glucose monitoring is equally effective in patients who administer insulin through multiple daily injections or through use of continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion pumps. Results of a Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation (“JDRF”) study published in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2008, and the extension phase of the study, published in Diabetes Care in 2009, demonstrated that continuous glucose monitoring improved A1c levels and reduced incidence of hypoglycemia for patients over the age of 25 and for all patients of all ages who utilized continuous glucose monitoring regularly.

Our initial target market in the United States consists of an estimated 30% of people with Type 1 diabetes who utilize insulin pump therapy and an estimated 50% of people with Type 1 diabetes who utilize multiple daily insulin injections. Our broader target market in the United States consists of our initial target market plus an estimated 20% of people with Type 1 diabetes using conventional insulin therapy and the estimated 27% of people with Type 2 diabetes who require insulin. Although our initial focus is within the United States, our CE Mark approval also enables us to commercialize our system in those European, Asian and Latin American countries that recognize the CE Mark.

We have built a direct sales organization to call on endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators who can educate and influence patient adoption of continuous glucose monitoring. The approval by the FDA of a Pediatric Indication for our G4 PLATINUM system in February 2014 will now allow our sales organization to call on pediatric endocrinologists and pediatricians who can educate and influence adoption of continuous glucose monitoring by parents who have children aged two years or older with diabetes. We believe that focusing efforts on these participants is important given the instrumental role they each play in the decision-making process for diabetes therapy. To complement our direct sales efforts, we have entered into a limited number of U.S. and international distribution arrangements that allow distributors to sell our products. We believe our direct, highly specialized and focused sales organization is sufficient for us to support our sales efforts.

We are leveraging our technology platform to enhance the capabilities of our current products and to develop additional continuous glucose monitoring products. In 2008 and 2012, we entered into development agreements with Animas Corporation (“Animas”), a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, and with Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Tandem”), respectively. The purpose of each of these development relationships is to integrate our technology into the insulin pump product offerings of the respective partner, enabling the partner's insulin pump to receive glucose readings from our transmitter and display this information on the pump's screen. The Animas insulin pump product augmented with our sensor technology has been branded the Vibe^®, and received CE Mark approval in May 2011, which allows Animas to market the Vibe in the countries that recognize CE Mark approvals.

On October 5, 2012, we received FDA approval for the G4 PLATINUM system. On June 14, 2012, we received CE Mark approval for the G4 system, enabling commercialization of the DexCom G4 system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark. Our G4 PLATINUM system features improved sensor reliability, stability and accuracy over the useful life of the sensor, and is suitable for large scale manufacturing. On February 14, 2013, we received CE Mark approval of a Pediatric Indication for the G4 PLATINUM, enabling us to market and sell that system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark to persons two years old and older who have diabetes. On February 3, 2014, we obtained approval from the FDA of a Pediatric Indication for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system in the United States. We also intend to seek a pregnancy indication (women who develop gestational diabetes during pregnancy) for our product platform in the future.

5

In March 2012, we acquired SweetSpot and SweetSpot became a wholly-owned subsidiary of DexCom. SweetSpot is a healthcare-focused information technology company with a platform for uploading and processing data from certain diabetes devices to advance the treatment of diabetes. SweetSpot specializes in turning raw output from certain devices into information for healthcare providers, users and researchers. Through our acquisition of SweetSpot, we have a software platform that enables our customers to aggregate and analyze data from certain diabetes devices and share it with their healthcare providers.

Our development timelines are highly dependent on our ability to achieve clinical endpoints and regulatory requirements and to overcome technology challenges, and our development timelines may be delayed due to extended regulatory approval timelines, scheduling issues with patients and investigators, requests from institutional review boards, sensor performance and manufacturing supply constraints, among other factors. In addition, support of these clinical trials requires significant resources from employees involved in the production of our products, including research and development, manufacturing, quality assurance, and clinical and regulatory personnel. Even if our development and clinical trial efforts are successful, the FDA may not approve our products, and even if approved, we may not achieve acceptance in the marketplace by physicians and people with diabetes.

As a medical device company, reimbursement from Medicare and private third-party healthcare payors is an important element of our success. Although the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid (“CMS”) released 2008 Alpha-Numeric Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (“HCPCS”) codes applicable to each of the three components of our continuous glucose monitoring systems, to date, our approved products are not reimbursed by virtue of a national coverage decision by Medicare. It is not known when, if ever, Medicare will adopt a national coverage decision with respect to continuous glucose monitoring devices. Until any such coverage decision is adopted by Medicare, reimbursement of our products will generally be limited to those customers covered by third-party payors that have adopted coverage policies for continuous glucose monitoring devices that includes our devices. As of February 2014, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of continuous glucose monitoring devices. In addition, we have negotiated contracted rates with six of those third-party payors for the purchase of our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems by their members. Many of these coverage policies are restrictive in nature and require the patient to comply with extensive documentation and other requirements to demonstrate medical necessity under the policy. In addition, customers who are insured by payors that do not offer coverage for our devices will have to bear the financial cost of the products. We currently employ in-house reimbursement expertise to assist customers in obtaining reimbursement from private third-party payors. We also maintain a field-based reimbursement team charged with calling on third-party private payors to obtain coverage decisions and contracts. We have had formal meetings and have increased our efforts to create and liberalize coverage policies with third-party payors and expect to continue to do so in 2014. However, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, people with diabetes may not use them on a widespread basis.

We plan to develop future generations of technologies focused on improved performance and convenience and that will enable intelligent insulin administration. Over the longer term, we plan to develop networked platforms with open architecture, connectivity and transmitters capable of communicating with other devices. As an example, during the third quarter of 2013, we submitted a PMA supplement to the FDA for the DexCom SHARE System. Through secure wireless connections, DexCom SHARE notifies another person of a user's DexCom G4 PLATINUM sensor glucose information when the G4 PLATINUM Receiver is docked in the DexCom SHARE Cradle.

Market Opportunity

Diabetes

Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. The disease is caused by the body’s inability to produce or effectively utilize the hormone insulin. This inability prevents the body from adequately regulating blood glucose levels. Glucose, the primary source of energy for cells, must be maintained at certain concentrations in the blood in order to permit optimal cell function and health. Normally, the pancreas provides control of blood glucose levels by secreting the hormone insulin to decrease blood glucose levels when concentrations are too high. In people with diabetes, the body does not produce sufficient levels of insulin, or fails to utilize insulin effectively, causing blood glucose levels to rise above normal. This condition is called hyperglycemia and often results in chronic long-term complications such as heart disease, limb amputations, loss of kidney function and blindness. When blood glucose levels are high, people with diabetes often administer insulin in an effort to decrease blood glucose levels. Unfortunately, insulin administration can drive blood glucose levels below the normal range, resulting in hypoglycemia. In cases of severe hypoglycemia, people with diabetes risk acute complications, such as loss of consciousness or death. Due to the drastic nature of acute complications associated with hypoglycemia, many people with diabetes are reluctant to reduce blood glucose levels. Consequently, these individuals often remain in a hyperglycemic state, increasing their odds of developing long-term chronic complications.

Diabetes is typically classified into two major groups: Type 1 and Type 2. According to the ADA and JDRF, respectively, there are an estimated 1.3 million to 3.0 million Type 1 diabetes patients in the United States. Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune

6

disorder that usually develops during childhood and is characterized by an absence of insulin, resulting from destruction of the insulin producing cells of the pancreas. Individuals with Type 1 diabetes must rely on frequent insulin injections in order to regulate and maintain blood glucose levels. According to the ADA, there are approximately 25.8 million people with diabetes in the United States, of which approximately 24.5 million people have Type 2 diabetes. Type 2 diabetes is a metabolic disorder which results when the body is unable to produce sufficient amounts of insulin or becomes insulin resistant. Depending on the severity of Type 2 diabetes, individuals may require diet and nutrition management, exercise, oral medications or insulin injections to regulate blood glucose levels. We estimate that approximately 3.6 million Type 2 patients must use insulin to manage their diabetes.

There are various subgroups of people with diabetes, including in-hospital patients, who present significant management challenges. According to the ADA, diabetes related hospitalizations totaled 24.3 million days in 2007, an increase of 7.4 million days from 2002. Additionally, studies show that many hospital patients without diabetes suffer episodes of hyperglycemia. According to a Diabetes Care article, as of 1998, as many as 1.5 million hospitalized patients had significant hyperglycemia without a history of diabetes. A November 2001 article in the New England Journal of Medicine summarized a study of over 1,500 hospitalized patients, of which only 13% had diabetes, which concluded that intensive insulin therapy to maintain blood glucose levels within a target range reduced mortality among critically ill patients in the surgical intensive care unit and improved patient outcomes. An August 2010 Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project report on hospital utilization by patients with diabetes in 2008 reported there were over 7.7 million hospital stays for patients with diabetes as a principal or secondary diagnosis and 540,000 hospitals stays for patients with diabetes as a primary diagnosis. The mean length of stay for patients with diabetes was almost one day longer than for patients without diabetes contributing to a 25% increase in the mean cost of hospitalization. Stays involving patients with diabetes contributed almost $83.0 billion of hospital costs in the United States, which represents 23% of the total hospital costs in the United States.

According to the National Diabetes Education Program, about 75% of all newly diagnosed cases of Type 1 diabetes in the United States occur in juveniles younger than 18 years of age. According to JDRF, the incidence of Type 1 diabetes among children under the age of 14 is estimated to increase by approximately 3% annually worldwide. In addition, Type 2 diabetes is occurring with increasing frequency in young people. The increase in prevalence is related to an increase in obesity amongst children. According to the CDC, as of 2010, approximately one-third of children and adolescents in the United States were overweight or obese and childhood obesity has more than doubled in children and tripled in adolescents in the past 30 years.

Importance of Glucose Monitoring

Blood glucose levels can be affected by many factors, including the carbohydrate and fat content of meals, exercise, stress, illness or impending illness, hormonal releases, variability in insulin absorption and changes in the effects of insulin in the body. Given the many factors that affect blood glucose levels, maintaining glucose within a normal range is difficult, resulting in frequent and unpredictable excursions above or below normal blood glucose levels. People with diabetes manage their blood glucose levels by administering insulin or ingesting carbohydrates throughout the day in order to maintain blood glucose within normal ranges. People with diabetes frequently overcorrect and fluctuate between hyperglycemic and hypoglycemic states, often multiple times during the same day. As a result, many people with diabetes are routinely outside the normal blood glucose range. People with diabetes are often unaware that their glucose levels are either too high or too low, and their inability to completely control blood glucose levels and the associated serious complications can be frustrating and, at times, overwhelming.

In an attempt to maintain blood glucose levels within the normal range, people with diabetes must first measure their blood glucose levels. Often after measuring their blood glucose levels, people with diabetes make therapeutic adjustments. As adjustments are made, additional blood glucose measurements may be necessary to gauge the individual’s response to the adjustments. More frequent testing of blood glucose levels provides people with diabetes with information that can be used to better understand and manage their diabetes. The ADA recommends that most people with Type 1 diabetes test their blood glucose levels at least three or more times per day, and that significantly more frequent testing may be required to reach A1c targets safely without hypoglycemia.

Clinical outcomes data support the notion that an important component of effective diabetes management is frequent monitoring of blood glucose levels. The landmark 1993 DCCT consisting of patients with Type 1 diabetes, and the 1998 UK Prospective Diabetes Study, consisting of patients with Type 2 diabetes, demonstrated that people with diabetes who intensely managed blood glucose levels delayed the onset and slowed the progression of diabetes-related complications. In the DCCT, a major component of intensive management was monitoring blood glucose levels at least four times per day using conventional single-point blood glucose meters. The DCCT demonstrated that intensive management reduced the risk of complications by 76% for eye disease, 60% for nerve disease and 50% for kidney disease. However, the DCCT also found that intensive management led to a three-fold increase in the frequency of hypoglycemic events. In the December 2005 edition of the New England Journal of Medicine, the authors of a peer-reviewed study concluded that intensive diabetes therapy has long-term

7

beneficial effects on the risk of cardiovascular disease in patients with Type 1 diabetes. The study showed that intensive diabetes therapy reduced the risk of cardiovascular disease by 42% and the risk of non-fatal heart attack, stroke or death from cardiovascular disease by 57%.

Limitations of Existing Glucose Monitoring Products

Single-point finger stick devices are the most prevalent devices for glucose monitoring. These devices require taking a blood sample with a finger stick, placing a drop of blood on a test strip and inserting the strip into a glucose meter that yields a single point in time blood glucose measurement. We believe that these devices suffer from several limitations, including:

• Limited Information. Even if people with diabetes test several times each day, each measurement represents a single blood glucose value at a single point in time. Given the many factors that can affect blood glucose levels, excursions above and below the normal range often occur between these discrete measurement points in time. Because people with diabetes only have single-point data, they do not gain sufficient information to indicate the direction or rate of change in their blood glucose levels. Without the ability to determine whether their blood glucose level is rising, falling or holding constant, and the rate at which their blood glucose level is changing, the individual’s ability to effectively manage and maintain blood glucose levels within normal ranges is severely limited. Further, people with diabetes cannot test themselves during sleep, when the risk of hypoglycemia is significantly increased. In addition, existing technology generally limits individuals’ ability to store their glucose data in servers or systems independent of the blood glucose meter.

The following graph shows the limited information provided by four single-point measurements during a single day using a traditional single-point finger stick device, compared to the data provided by our continuous sensor. The data presented in the graph is from a clinical trial we completed in 2003 with a continuous glucose monitoring system, where the patient was blinded to the continuous glucose data. The continuous data indicates that, even with four finger sticks in one day, the patient’s blood glucose levels were above the target range of 80-140 milligrams per deciliter (“mg/dl”) for a period of 13.5 hours.

Single Day Continuous Data

• Inconvenience. The process of measuring blood glucose levels with single-point finger stick devices can cause significant disruption in the daily activities of people with diabetes and their families. People with diabetes using single-

8

point finger stick devices must stop whatever they are doing several times per day, self-inflict a painful prick and draw blood to measure blood glucose levels. To do so, people with diabetes must always carry a fully supplied kit that may include a spring-loaded needle, or lancet, disposable test strips, cleansing wipes, and the meter, and then safely dispose of the used supplies. This process is inconvenient and may cause uneasiness in social situations.

• Difficulty of Use. To obtain a sample with single-point finger stick devices, people with diabetes generally prick one of their fingertips or, occasionally, a forearm with a lancet. They then squeeze the area to produce the blood sample and another prick may be required if a sufficient volume of blood is not obtained the first time. The blood sample is then placed on a disposable test strip that is inserted into a blood glucose meter. This task can be difficult for individuals with decreased tactile sensation and visual acuity, which are common complications of diabetes.

• Pain. Although the fingertips are rich in blood flow and provide a good site to obtain a blood sample, they are also densely populated with highly sensitive nerve endings. This makes the lancing and subsequent manipulation of the finger to draw blood painful. The pain and discomfort are compounded by the fact that fingers offer limited surface area, so tests are often performed on areas that are sore from prior tests. People with diabetes may also suffer pain when the finger prick site is disturbed during regular activities.

We believe a market opportunity exists for a glucose monitoring system that provides continuous glucose information, including trends, and that is convenient and easy to use. Several companies have attempted to address the limitations of single-point finger stick devices by developing continuous glucose monitoring systems. To date, in addition to DexCom, we are aware of two other companies, Medtronic, Inc. (“Medtronic”) and Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Abbott”), that have received approval from the FDA to market, and actively market, continuous glucose monitors. Abbott has discontinued selling its Freestyle Navigator glucose monitoring system in the United States; however, Abbott filed a clinical study for home use of the Navigator II system in the United States and in October 2012 they initiated a limited launch of the Navigator II system in Europe. In addition, we believe others, including Roche and Becton, Dickinson and Company, are developing invasive and non-invasive continuous glucose monitoring systems. Except for our SEVEN, SEVEN PLUS, and G4 PLATINUM, we believe that none of the products that have received FDA approval are labeled for more than six days of use. We also believe that none of the products that have received FDA approval are labeled for use as a replacement for single-point finger stick devices.

The DexCom Solution

Our G4 PLATINUM system offers the following advantages to people with diabetes:

• Improved Outcomes. Data published in a peer-reviewed article based on our approval support trial for our first system demonstrated that patients using the system showed statistically significant improvements in maintaining their glucose levels within the target range when compared to patients relying solely on single-point finger stick measurements. Additional peer-review published data from our trial for the SEVEN demonstrated that patients with access to seven days of continuous glucose data statistically improved glucose control by further increasing their time spent with glucose levels in the target range, thereby reducing time spent in both hyperglycemic and hypoglycemic ranges. Peer-review published data from our repeated use trial demonstrated a statistically significant reduction in hemoglobin A1c levels, a measure of the average amount of glucose in the blood over the prior three months, in patients using our system compared to patients relying solely on single-point finger stick measurements. Finally, results of a major multicenter clinical trial funded by the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation demonstrated that patients with Type 1 diabetes who used continuous glucose monitoring devices to help manage their disease experienced significant improvements in glucose control.

• Access to Real-Time Values, Trend Information and Alerts. At the push of a button, people with diabetes can view their current glucose value, along with a graphical display of one-, three-, six-, twelve- or twenty-four-hour trend information. Without continuous monitoring, the individual is often unaware if his or her glucose is rising, declining or remaining constant. Access to continuous real-time glucose measurements provides people with diabetes information that may aid in attaining better glucose control. Additionally, our G4 PLATINUM alerts people with diabetes when their glucose levels approach inappropriately high or low levels so that they may intervene.

• Intuitive User Interface. We have developed a user interface that we believe is intuitive and easy to use. The G4 PLATINUM receiver’s compact design includes user-friendly buttons, an easy-to-read color display, simple navigation tools, audible alerts and graphical display of trend information.

• Convenience and Comfort. Our G4 PLATINUM provides people with diabetes with the benefits of continuous monitoring, without having to perform finger stick tests for every measurement. Additionally, the disposable sensor electrode that is inserted under the skin is a very thin wire, minimizing potential discomfort associated with inserting or wearing the disposable sensor. The external portion of the sensor, including the transmitter, is small, has a low profile and is designed to be easily worn under clothing. The wireless receiver is the size of a small digital music player and

9

can be carried discreetly in a pocket or purse. We believe that convenience is an important factor in achieving widespread adoption of a continuous glucose monitoring system.

While we believe the G4 PLATINUM offers these advantages, people with diabetes may not perceive the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring and may be unwilling to change their current treatment regimens. Furthermore, we do not expect that our G4 PLATINUM will appeal to all types of people with diabetes. The G4 PLATINUM prompts a person with diabetes to insert a disposable sensor electrode under their skin at least every seven days, although we are aware of reports from the field that some individuals have been able to use sensors for periods longer than seven days. People with diabetes could find this process to be uncomfortable or inconvenient, and may be unwilling to insert a disposable sensor in their body, especially if their current diabetes management involves no more than two finger sticks per day. Additionally, the G4 PLATINUM (and our predecessor products) is not approved as a replacement device for single-point finger stick devices, must be calibrated initially using measurements from two single-point finger stick tests, and thereafter at least every 12 hours using single-point finger stick tests, and may be more costly to use.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to become the leading provider of continuous glucose monitoring systems and related products to enable people with diabetes to more effectively and conveniently manage their disease. We also seek to develop and commercialize products that integrate our continuous glucose monitoring technologies into the insulin pump delivery systems of Animas and Tandem, respectively. In addition, we designed, developed and commercialized, in collaboration with Edwards, the GlucoClear, which is a blood-based in-vivo automated glucose monitoring system for use by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of patients with and without diabetes. To achieve these objectives, we are pursuing the following business strategies:

• Establish our technology platform as the leading approach to continuous glucose monitoring and leverage our development expertise to rapidly bring products to market. We have developed proprietary core technology and expertise that provides a broad platform for the development of innovative products for continuous glucose monitoring. We received approval from the FDA and commercialized our first product in 2006. In 2007, we received approval and began commercializing our second generation system, the SEVEN. In 2009 we received approval for our third generation system, the SEVEN PLUS, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use, and we began commercializing this product in the first quarter of 2009. On October 5, 2012, we received approval from the FDA for our fourth generation system, the DexCom G4 PLATINUM, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use, and we began commercializing this product in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2012. We plan to continue to invest in the development of our technology platform and to obtain additional FDA approvals for our continuous glucose monitoring systems for both the ambulatory and in-hospital markets as well as for our integrated insulin pump delivery systems. We expect to continue to provide performance improvements, expanded indications and introduce new products to establish and maintain a leadership position in the market. In the future, we may develop our technology to support applications beyond glucose sensing.

• Drive the adoption of our ambulatory products through a direct sales and marketing effort. We have a small direct field sales force to call on endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators who can educate and influence patient adoption of continuous glucose monitoring. In addition, the FDA’s approval of a Pediatric Indication for the G4 PLATINUM in February 2014 will allow our direct field sales force to call on pediatric endocrinologists and pediatricians who can educate and influence parents to adopt continuous glucose monitoring for their children aged two years or older with diabetes. We believe that focusing efforts on these participants is important given the instrumental role they each play in the decision-making process for diabetes therapy. To complement our sales efforts, we have entered into distribution arrangements that allow distributors to sell our G4 PLATINUM. We currently sell the G4 PLATINUM only in the United States, Australia, New Zealand and in portions of Europe, Latin America and the Middle East, but plan to expand our sales elsewhere in the future.

• Drive additional adoption through technology integration partnerships. We have development agreements with Animas and Tandem to develop products that will integrate our ambulatory product technology into the Animas conventional insulin pump, and the Tandem t:slim system, as applicable, enabling the partner’s insulin pump to receive glucose readings from our transmitter and display this information on the pump’s screen. We believe people with diabetes who have adopted continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion (“CSII”) are individuals who more aggressively manage their diabetes and may be more inclined to utilize our continuous glucose monitoring systems.

• Seek broad coverage policies and reimbursement for our products. Our approved products are not reimbursed by virtue of a national coverage decision by Medicare. As of February 2014, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of continuous glucose monitoring devices. Many of these coverage policies, however, are restrictive in nature and require the policy holder to comply with extensive documentation and other requirements to demonstrate medical necessity under the policy. We have

10

negotiated contracted rates with six of those third-party payors for the purchase of our products by their members. We currently employ in-house reimbursement expertise to assist people with diabetes in obtaining reimbursement from private third-party healthcare payors. We also maintain a field-based reimbursement team charged with calling on third-party private payors to obtain coverage decisions and both durable medical equipment contracts and pharmacy benefit contracts.

• Drive increased utilization and adoption of our products through a cloud-based data repository platform. Through our acquisition of SweetSpot, we hope to develop a software platform that enables people with diabetes to aggregate and analyze data from numerous diabetes devices and share the data with their healthcare providers. We believe that by producing reports detailing metrics such as the individual’s glycemic variability that may be shared with physicians and caregivers will lead to better health outcomes, and we expect that as more people with diabetes adopt our system, that utilization of our sensors will increase.

• Expand the use of our products to other patient care settings and patient demographics. On February 3, 2014, the FDA approved a Pediatric Indication for the G4 PLATINUM, enabling us to market and sell that system in the United States to persons two years old and older who have diabetes. We believe our sensor technology may also be beneficial to women who develop gestational diabetes during their pregnancy and we intend to seek approval for a pregnancy indication in the future. We believe there is an unmet medical need for continuous glucose monitoring in the hospital setting. According to the ADA, diabetes related hospitalizations totaled 24.3 million days in 2007, an increase of 7.4 million days from 2002. In addition, studies show that many hospital patients without diabetes suffer episodes of hyperglycemia. As of 1998, as many as 1.5 million hospitalized patients in the United States had significant hyperglycemia without a history of diabetes. A study of over 1,500 hospitalized patients, of which only 13% had a history of diabetes, concluded that intensive insulin therapy to maintain blood glucose levels reduced mortality among critically ill patients in the surgical intensive care unit and improved patient outcomes. To address this patient population, we entered into an exclusive agreement with Edwards to develop jointly and market a specific product platform for the in-hospital critical care glucose monitoring market.

• Provide a high level of customer support, service and education. We support our sales and marketing efforts with a customer service program that includes customer training and support. We provide direct technical support by telephone 24 hours a day in the U.S. and Canada to customers, endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators to promote safe and successful use of our products.

• Pursue the highest safety and quality levels for our products. We have established an organization that is highly focused on product quality and customer safety. We have developed in-house engineering, quality assurance, clinical and regulatory expertise, and data analysis capabilities. Additionally, we seek to continue to establish credible and open relationships with regulatory bodies, physician opinion leaders and scientific experts. These capabilities and relationships will assist us in designing products that we believe will meet or exceed expectations for reliable, safe performance.

Our Technology Platform

The development of a continuous glucose monitor requires successful coordination and execution of a wide variety of technology disciplines, including biomaterials, membrane systems, electrochemistry, low power microelectronics, telemetry, software, algorithms, implant tools and sealed protective housings. We have developed in-house expertise in each of these disciplines. We believe we have a broad technology platform that will support the development of multiple products for glucose monitoring.

Sensor Technology

The key enabling technologies for our sensors include biomaterials, membrane systems, electrochemistry and low power microelectronics. Our membrane technology consists of multiple polymer layers configured to selectively allow the appropriate mix of glucose and oxygen to travel through the membrane and react with a glucose specific enzyme to create an extremely low level electrical signal, measured in pico-amperes. This electrical signal is then translated into glucose values. We believe that the capability to measure very low levels of an electrical signal and to accurately translate those measurements into glucose values is also a unique and distinguishing feature of our technology. We have also developed technology to allow sensitive electronics to be packaged in a small, fully contained, lightweight sealed unit that minimizes inconvenience and discomfort for the user.

Receiver and Transmitter Technology

Our ambulatory glucose monitoring systems use radiofrequency telemetry to wirelessly transmit information from the transmitter, which sits in a pod atop the sensor, to our receiver. We have developed the technology for reliable transmission and

11

reception and have consistently demonstrated a high rate of successful transmissions from sensor to receiver in our clinical trials. Our receiver then processes and displays real-time and trended glucose values, and provides alerts. We have used our extensive database of continuous glucose data from our clinical trials to create software and algorithms for the display of data to customers.

In March 2009, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) established a bifurcated Medical Implant Communications System (“MICS”) band which requires device manufacturers whose products will operate in the main MICS band to either manufacture their devices using listen-before-transmit technology, or to transmit on a side band outside the main MICS band at lower power. Although the SEVEN PLUS does not comply with existing MICS band listen-before-transmit requirements, the FCC granted a waiver to allow us to continue marketing and operating our SEVEN PLUS. Our G4 PLATINUM system does not operate within the MICS band and does not require a waiver.

Other Technology Applications

Additionally, we have gained our technology expertise by learning to design implants that can withstand the rigors of functioning within the human body for extended periods of time. In addition to the foreign body response, we have overcome other problems related to operating within the human body, such as device sealing, miniaturization, durability and sensor geometry. We believe that, over time, the expertise gained in overcoming these problems may support the development of additional products beyond glucose monitoring.

Our Primary Commercial Products

Ambulatory Product Line: SEVEN PLUS, G4 and DexCom G4 PLATINUM

In 2009 we received approval for our third generation system, the DexCom SEVEN PLUS, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use, and we began commercializing this product in the first quarter of 2009. On June 14, 2012, we received Conformité Européene Marking (“CE Mark”) approval for our fourth generation continuous glucose monitoring system, the DexCom G4 system, enabling commercialization of the DexCom G4 system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark. On October 5, 2012, we received approval from the FDA for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM, which is designed for up to seven days of continuous use by adults with diabetes, and we began commercializing this product in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2012. On February 14, 2013, we received CE Mark approval for a Pediatric Indication, and we initiated a limited commercial launch in the second quarter of 2013. In connection with our receipt of CE Mark approval for the Pediatric Indication, we changed the name of the DexCom G4 system to the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system. On February 3, 2014, the FDA approved a Pediatric Indication for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system in the United States. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term "G4 PLATINUM" shall refer to the DexCom G4 and DexCom G4 PLATINUM systems that are commercialized by us in and outside of the United States.

As compared to the SEVEN PLUS, the G4 PLATINUM offers:

• an improved sensor wire design that allows more scalable manufacturing,

• a smaller, sleeker receiver that is capable of displaying data in color,

• a new transmitter design that offers improved communication range with the receiver which allows for improved data capture,

• additional user interface and algorithm enhancements that are intended to make the user experience more customizable and to make its glucose monitoring function more accurate especially in the hypoglycemic range, and

• the ability to market and sell to an expanded patient population due to the approval by the FDA of, and our obtaining a CE Mark for, a Pediatric Indication.

With the approval of the G4 PLATINUM systems, we have reduced marketing and sales efforts related to SEVEN PLUS. Each of the G4 PLATINUM and SEVEN PLUS systems must be prescribed by a physician and each includes a disposable sensor, a transmitter and a small handheld receiver. The SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems are indicated for use as adjunctive devices to complement, not replace, information obtained from standard home blood glucose monitoring devices and must be calibrated periodically using a standard home blood glucose monitor. The sensor is inserted by the user and is intended to be used continuously for up to seven days after which it is removed by the user and may be replaced by a new sensor. Our transmitter and receiver are reusable.

Products in Development

We are leveraging our technology platform to enhance the capabilities of our current products (including obtaining expanded indications of use) and to develop additional continuous glucose monitoring products. We plan to develop future

12

generations of technologies focused on improved performance and convenience and that will enable intelligent insulin administration. Over the longer term, we plan to develop networked platforms with open architecture, connectivity and transmitters capable of communicating with other devices. We intend to seek a pregnancy indication for women who develop gestational diabetes during pregnancy in the future.

In 2008 and 2012, we entered into development agreements with Animas and Tandem. The purpose of each of these development relationships is to integrate our technology into the insulin pump product offerings of the respective partner, enabling the partner’s insulin pump to receive glucose readings from our transmitter and display this information on the pump’s screen.

Continuous Glucose Monitoring Disposable Sensor & Reusable Transmitter

Our sensor includes a tiny wire-like electrode coated with our sensing membrane system. This disposable sensor comes packaged with an integrated insertion device and is contained in a small plastic housing platform, or pod. The base of the pod has adhesive that attaches it to the skin. The sensor is intended to be easily and reliably inserted by the user by exposing the adhesive, placing the pod against the surface of the skin of the abdomen and pushing down on the insertion device. The insertion device first extends a narrow gauge needle containing the sensor into the subcutaneous tissue and then retracts the needle, leaving behind the sensor in the tissue and the pod adhered to the skin. The user then disposes of the insertion device and snaps the reusable transmitter to the pod. After a stabilization period of a few hours, the user is required to calibrate the receiver with two measurements from a single-point finger stick device and the disposable sensor begins wirelessly transmitting the continuous glucose data at specific intervals to the handheld receiver. Users are prompted by the receiver to calibrate the system twice per day with finger stick measurements throughout the seven day usage period to ensure reliable operation, which calibration may be accomplished by using any FDA approved blood glucose meter. Currently, the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM are indicated for use as adjunctive devices to complement, not replace, information obtained from standard home blood glucose monitoring devices, although in the future we may seek replacement claim labeling from the FDA for the use of future generation sensors as the sole basis for making therapeutic adjustments.

The disposable sensor contained in the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM is intended to function for up to seven days after which it may be replaced. After seven days, the user simply removes the pod and attached sensor from the skin and discards them while retaining the reusable transmitter. A new sensor and pod can then be inserted and used with the same receiver and transmitter for a subsequent seven day period. We are aware of reports from the field, however, that customers have been able to use sensors for periods longer than seven days.

Handheld Receiver

Our small handheld receiver is carried by the user and wirelessly receives continuous glucose values from the sensor. Proprietary algorithms and software, developed from our extensive database of continuous glucose data from clinical trials, are programmed into the receiver to process the glucose data from the sensor and display it on a user-friendly graphical user interface. With a push of a button, the user can access their current glucose value and one-, three-, six-, twelve- and twenty-four-hour trended data. Additionally, when glucose values are inappropriately high or low, the receiver provides an audible alert or vibrates. The receiver is a self-contained, durable unit with a rechargeable battery.

Sales and Marketing

We have built a direct sales organization to call on endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators who can educate and influence patient adoption of continuous glucose monitoring. We believe that focusing efforts on these participants is important given the instrumental role they each play in the decision-making process for diabetes therapy. We employ approximately 96 direct sales personnel and continue to add to our sales and marketing organization as necessary to support the commercialization of our products. We believe that referrals by physicians and diabetes educators, together with self-referrals by customers, have driven and will continue to drive adoption of our G4 PLATINUM. We directly market our products in the United States primarily to endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators. The approval by the FDA of a Pediatric Indication for our G4 PLATINUM system in February 2014 will also allow our direct sales personnel to call on pediatric endocrinologists and pediatricians who can educate and influence adoption of continuous glucose monitoring by parents who have children aged two years or older with diabetes. Although the number of diabetes patients is significant, the number of physicians and educators influencing these patients is relatively small. As of 2008, there were an estimated 4,000 clinical endocrinologists in the United States. As a result, we believe our direct, highly specialized and focused sales organization is sufficient for us to support our sales efforts for the foreseeable future.

We use a variety of marketing tools to drive adoption, ensure continued usage and establish brand loyalty for our continuous glucose monitoring systems by:

13

• creating awareness of the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring and the advantages of our technology with endocrinologists, physicians, diabetes educators and people with diabetes;

• providing strong and simple educational and training programs to healthcare providers and people with diabetes to ensure easy, safe and effective use of our systems; and

• maintaining a readily accessible telephone and web-based technical and customer support infrastructure, which includes clinicians, diabetes educators and reimbursement specialists, to help referring physicians, diabetes educators and people with diabetes as necessary.

Our sales organization competes with the experienced and well-funded marketing and sales operations of our competitors. We have relatively limited experience developing and managing a direct sales organization and we may be unsuccessful in our attempt to manage and expand the sales force. Developing a direct sales organization is a difficult, expensive and time consuming process. To be successful we must:

• recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective sales personnel;

• effectively train our sales personnel in the benefits of our products;

• establish and maintain successful sales, marketing, training and education programs that encourage endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators to recommend our products to their patients; and

• manage geographically disbursed operations.

Competition

The market for blood glucose monitoring devices is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions. Four companies, Roche Disetronic, a division of Roche Diagnostics; LifeScan, Inc., a division of Johnson & Johnson; the MediSense and TheraSense divisions of Abbott Laboratories; and Bayer Corporation, currently account for substantially all of the worldwide sales of self-monitored glucose testing systems. These competitors’ products use a meter and disposable test strips to test blood obtained by pricking the finger or, in some cases, the forearm. In addition, other companies are developing or marketing minimally invasive or noninvasive glucose testing devices and technologies that could compete with our devices. There are also a number of academic and other institutions involved in various phases of our industry’s technology development.

Several companies have attempted to address the limitations of single-point finger stick devices by developing continuous glucose monitoring systems. To date, in addition to DexCom, we are aware that two other companies, Medtronic, and Abbott, have received approval from the FDA to market, and actively market, continuous glucose monitors. Abbott has discontinued selling its Freestyle Navigator glucose monitoring system in the United States; however, Abbott filed a clinical study for home use of the Navigator II system in the United States and in October 2012 they initiated a limited launch of the Navigator II system in Europe. Except for our SEVEN, SEVEN PLUS, and G4 PLATINUM, we believe that none of the products that have received FDA approval are labeled for more than six days of use. We also believe that none of the FDA approved products are labeled for use as a replacement for single-point finger stick devices.

A number of companies, including Roche and Becton, Dickinson and Company, are developing next generation real-time continuous glucose monitoring or sensing devices and technologies as well as several other companies that are developing non-invasive continuous glucose monitoring products to measure the patient’s glucose level. The majority of these non-invasive technologies do not pierce the skin, but instead typically analyze signatures reflected back from energy that has been directed into the patient’s skin, tissue or bodily fluids.

Many of our competitors are either publicly traded or are divisions of publicly traded companies, and they enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

• significantly greater name recognition;

• established relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

• established distribution networks;

• additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

• greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval for products and marketing approved products; and

• greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation.

As a result, we may be unable to compete effectively against these companies or their products.

14

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

• safe, reliable and high quality performance of products;

• cost of products and eligibility for reimbursement;

• comfort and ease of use;

• effective sales, marketing and distribution;

• brand awareness and strong acceptance by healthcare professionals and people with diabetes;

• customer service and support and comprehensive education for people with diabetes and diabetes care providers;

• speed of product innovation and time to market;

• regulatory expertise; and

• technological leadership and superiority.

Manufacturing

We currently manufacture our devices at our headquarters in San Diego, California. These facilities have more than 13,000 square feet of laboratory space and approximately 10,000 square feet of controlled environment rooms. In July 2012, the FDA completed an inspection of our facilities, and did not identify any observations or require any other types of corrective action. During a routine FDA post-approval facility inspection ending on November 7, 2013, the FDA issued a Form 483 with several observations regarding DexCom Medical Device Reporting (MDR) procedures and complaint reportability determinations. DexCom responded to the observations on November 26, 2013.

There are technical challenges to increasing manufacturing capacity, including equipment design and automation, material procurement, problems with production yields, and quality control and assurance. We have focused significant effort on continual improvement programs in our manufacturing operations intended to improve quality, yields and throughput. We have made progress in manufacturing to enable us to supply adequate amounts of product to support our commercialization efforts, however there can be no assurances that supply will not be constrained going forward. Additionally, the production of our continuous glucose monitoring systems must occur in a highly controlled and clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. Developing commercial-scale manufacturing facilities has and will continue to require the investment of substantial additional funds and the hiring and retaining of additional management, quality assurance, quality control and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. Manufacturing is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties described in detail in “Risk Factors” below.

We manufacture our G4 PLATINUM systems with components supplied by outside vendors and with parts manufactured by us internally. Key components that we manufacture internally include our wire-based sensors for our G4 PLATINUM systems. The remaining components and assemblies are purchased from outside vendors. We then assemble, test, package and ship the finished G4 PLATINUM systems, which include a reusable transmitter, a receiver, and disposable sensors.

We purchase certain components and materials from single sources due to quality considerations, costs or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. Currently, those single sources are OnCore Manufacturing Services, which manufactures and supplies circuit boards for our receiver and transmitter; ON Semiconductor Corp, which produces the application specific integrated circuits used in our transmitters; DSM PTG, Inc., which manufactures certain polymers used to synthesize our polymeric membranes for our sensors; and The Tech Group, which produces injection molded components. In some cases, agreements with these and other suppliers can be terminated by either party upon short notice. We may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for our single-source components, especially after our products are commercialized, in part because of the FDA approval process and because of the custom nature of the parts we designed. Any supply interruption from our vendors or failure to obtain alternate vendors for any of the components would limit our ability to manufacture our systems, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Third-Party Reimbursement

As a medical device company, reimbursement from Medicare and private third-party healthcare payors is an important element of our success. Although the CMS in 2008 released Alpha-Numeric HCPCS codes applicable to each of the three components of our continuous glucose monitoring systems, to date, our approved products are not reimbursed due to a national coverage decision by Medicare. It is not known when, if ever, Medicare will adopt a national coverage decision with respect to continuous glucose monitoring devices. Until any such coverage decision is adopted by Medicare, reimbursement of our products will generally be limited to people with diabetes covered by third-party payors that have adopted coverage policies for continuous glucose monitoring devices. As of February 2014, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the

15

number of covered lives, have issued policies for the category of continuous glucose monitoring devices allowing for coverage of these devices if certain conditions are met. In addition, we have negotiated contracted rates with six of those third-party payors for the purchase of our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems by their members. Many of these coverage policies are restrictive in nature and require the policy holder to comply with extensive documentation and other requirements to demonstrate medical necessity under the policy. In addition, people with diabetes who are insured by payors that do not offer coverage for our devices will have to bear the financial cost of the products. We currently employ in-house reimbursement expertise to assist people with diabetes in obtaining reimbursement from private third-party payors. We also maintain a field-based reimbursement team charged with calling on third-party private payors to obtain coverage decisions and contracts. We have had formal meetings and have increased our efforts to create and liberalize coverage policies with third-party payors and expect to continue to do so throughout 2014. However, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, people without coverage who have diabetes may not use them on a widespread basis.

Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical devices, and, as a result, their coverage policies may be restrictive, or they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. In order to obtain reimbursement arrangements, we may have to agree to a net sales price lower than the net sales price we might charge in other sales channels. Our revenue may be limited by the continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various increasingly sophisticated means, such as requiring prospective reimbursement and second opinions, purchasing in groups, or redesigning benefits. Our initial dependence on the commercial success of our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. Accordingly, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, our financial performance may be harmed.

In some foreign markets, pricing and profitability of medical devices are subject to government control. In the United States, we expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals for similar controls. Also, the trends toward managed healthcare in the United States and proposed legislation intended to reduce the cost of government insurance programs could significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services and products and may result in lower prices for our products or the exclusion of our products from reimbursement programs.

Intellectual Property

Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and other intellectual property laws, trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights. As of February 2014, we had obtained 244 issued U.S. patents, and had 239 additional U.S. patent applications pending. We believe it will take up to five years, and possibly longer, for these pending U.S. patent applications to result in issued patents. As of February 2014, we have 20 international applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, 10 granted European patents, 52 European patent applications pending, 8 granted Japanese patents, 3 Japanese patent applications pending, 15 registered U.S. trademarks, 13 pending U.S. trademark applications, 9 registered European trademarks, 1 pending European trademark application, and 3 registered Japanese trademarks. We also have one pending trademark application in each of a number of countries in Asia, Latin America and the Middle East. In addition, a Madrid Protocol Trademark Registration is pending in each of a number of countries in Asia, Latin America, Europe and the Middle East. Our patents begin expiring in 2017.

Together, our patents and patent applications seek to protect aspects of our core membrane and sensor technologies, and our product concepts for continuous glucose monitoring. We believe that our patent position provides us with sufficient rights to protect our current and proposed commercial products. However, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents that have been issued or might be issued may not protect our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, our patents may not be upheld. Any patents issued to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. The steps we have taken may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

The medical device industry in general, and the glucose testing sector of this industry in particular, are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on assertions of patent infringement. We are aware of numerous patents issued to third parties that may relate to aspects of our business, including the design and manufacture of continuous glucose monitoring sensors and membranes, as well as methods for continuous glucose monitoring. The owners of each of these patents could assert that the manufacture, use or sale of our continuous glucose monitoring systems infringes one or more claims of their patents. Each of these patents contains multiple claims, any one of which may be independently asserted against us. There may be patents of which we are presently unaware that may relate to aspects of our technology that

16

could materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications that are unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that may materially and adversely affect our business.

We are currently engaged in patent litigation with Abbott as further described in “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report. In connection with this litigation four of Abbott’s seven patents that are the subject of the litigation have one or more associated reexamination requests in various stages at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the "Patent Office"). The Patent Office’s decisions in the reexamination for two of these four patents were appealed to the Federal Circuit by Abbott. The Federal Circuit issued a decision recently vacating-in-part the Patent Office’s decisions and remanding the case back to the Patent Office for further proceedings. With respect to the remaining three of Abbott’s patents that are subject to the litigation, a Certificate of Reexamination issued for one of the patents in June 2012. We filed an inter partes reexamination request for this patent in September 2012, and the Patent Office has issued a final decision denying our request. Another patent has received a Notice of Intent to Issue a Certificate of Reexamination in September 2012. For the third patent, the Patent Office issued an Advisory Action in September 2012, and Abbott filed an Appeal Brief in January 2013. In many of these reexaminations, Abbott has filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art we have presented, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art we have presented, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims.

Further, on December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a motion with the district court seeking to lift the stay of the two consolidated cases.  We filed an opposition to the motion on January 17, 2014, and Abbott filed a reply brief in support of its motion on January 29, 2014.  The court has taken the motion under submission, although it is not clear when it will issue a ruling. On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a new complaint for patent infringement.  In that complaint, Abbott alleges that our products, including our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM continuous glucose monitoring systems, infringe claims of United States Patent No. 8,175,673.  We filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2014.  On January 28, 2014, we also filed a motion to consolidate the newest case with the first two cases, and to stay the three cases pending conclusion of all pending reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office.

In addition, since 2008, Abbott has copied claims from certain of our applications, and stated that it may seek to provoke an interference with certain of our pending applications in the Patent Office. If interference is declared and Abbott prevails in the interference, we would lose certain patent rights to the subject matter defined in the interference. Also since 2008, Abbott has filed 38 reexamination requests seeking to invalidate 31 of our patents. Seven of the 38 reexamination requests are in various stages at the Patent Office, and 30 have been issued a Certificate of Reexamination; one of the Abbott Reexamination Requests was refused by the Patent Office. We have filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art presented in the reexaminations, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art presented in the reexaminations, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims. It is possible that the Patent Office may determine that some or all of the claims of our patents subject to the reexamination are invalid. Additionally, Abbott has filed an Opposition to six of our European patents, one of which was not defended and one of which was revoked.

Further, we requested reexamination of three other Abbott patents that are not involved in the current patent infringement lawsuit. In April 2012, one of Abbott’s patents received a Certificate of Reexamination. In October 2012, another Abbott patent received a Certificate of Reexamination. An inter partes reexamination request was recently filed on the third Abbott patent, which is awaiting final decision from the Patent Office.

Although it is our position that Abbott’s assertions of infringement have no merit, and that the potential interference, reexamination requests and opposition requests have no merit, the outcome of the litigation, and interference, reexamination or opposition requests cannot be assessed currently with certainty. We may not successfully defend ourselves against the claims made by Abbott, and we may not prevail in the litigation. If Abbott were to successfully seek an injunction, it could force us to stop making, using, selling or offering to sell our products. The technology at issue in our litigation with Abbott is currently used in our products, including our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems, and the GlucoClear system. If we were forced to stop selling these products either as a result of an unfavorable outcome in the litigation or in connection with the grant of an injunction, our business and prospects would suffer. In addition, defending against this action, including any injunction action, could have a number of harmful effects on our business regardless of the final outcome of such litigation. For example, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur significant costs in defending the action.

Any adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we are or may become a party relating to patents could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from other third parties. Furthermore, if we are found to willfully infringe third-party patents, we could, in addition to other penalties, be required to pay treble damages and/or attorney fees for the prevailing party. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and would likely require ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if

17

at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement and any redesign may not receive FDA approval in a timely manner. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business. We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property by generally requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also generally require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials. We cannot provide any assurance that employees and third parties will abide by the confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

Government Regulation

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA and regulatory bodies in other countries. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and the FDA’s implementing regulations govern product design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, pre-market clearance or approval, establishment registration and product listing, product manufacturing, product labeling, product storage, advertising and promotion, product sales, distribution, recalls and field actions, servicing and post-market clinical surveillance.

FDA Regulation

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or prior approval from the FDA through the premarket approval (“PMA”) process. Our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems are classified by the FDA as PMA medical devices. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market notification, and adherence to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”). Class II devices are subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, as well as general controls. Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the pre-market notification (i.e., 510(k) clearance) requirement, and/or the requirement of compliance with substantially all of FDA’s manufacturing requirements, known as the QSR. Some devices are placed in Class III, which requires approval of a PMA application, if they are deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or to be “not substantially equivalent” either to a previously 510(k) cleared device or to a “preamendment” Class III device in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which PMA applications have not been required.

Our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM have been classified as devices requiring PMA approval. A PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device. A PMA application also must include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA. In addition, the FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to evaluate compliance with QSR, which requires manufacturers to implement and follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. In July 2012, the FDA completed an inspection of our facilities, and did not identify any observations or require any other types of corrective action. During a routine FDA post-approval facility inspection ending on November 7, 2013, the FDA made several observations regarding DexCom Medical Device Reporting (MDR) procedures and complaint reportability determinations.  DexCom responded to the observations on November 26, 2013.

FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

• our systems may not be safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;

• the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

• the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and

• changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

18

If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter, or approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions which must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA may also determine that additional trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. These trials generally require submission of an application for an investigational device exemption (“IDE”) to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations, which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any of our clinical trials may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

• the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

• patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate we expect;

• patients do not comply with trial protocols;

• patient follow-up is not at the rate we expect;

• patients experience adverse side effects;

• patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to our products;

• institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject our trial protocol;

• third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;

• the company or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

• third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to the Company or study that FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or the Company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

• regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

• changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions applicable to our trial protocols;

• the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and

• the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

19

In November 2011, SweetSpot received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market to clinics a data management service, which helps healthcare providers and patients see, understand and use blood glucose meter data to diagnose and manage diabetes. SweetSpot’s data transfer service is registered with the FDA as a Medical Device Data System (“MDDS”) and allows researchers to control the transfer of data from certain diabetes devices to research tools and databases according to their own research workflows. Additional functions of, or intended uses for, the SweetSpot software platform will require us to obtain either 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the software system is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a pre-amendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a PMA application. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer. After a medical device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a significant change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance.

After a device is approved and placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

• establishment registration and device listing;

• QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, storage, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures;

• labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or off-label uses or indications and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion;

• medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur;

• voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and/or could be a risk to health; and

• corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.

Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or order us to establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, including those applicable to the conduct of our clinical trials, can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may lead to any of the following sanctions:

• warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;

• fines and civil penalties;

• unanticipated expenditures;

• delays in approving or refusal to approve our future continuous glucose monitoring systems or other products;

• FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export our products for sale in other countries;

• suspension or withdrawal of FDA approval;

• product recall or seizure;

• interruption of production;

• operating restrictions;

• injunctions; and

• criminal prosecution.

We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers, and some suppliers of components or device accessories, are also required to manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice (“GMP”) requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls,

20

packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA believes we or any of our contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations, or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees. Any such action by the FDA would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may be unable to comply with all applicable FDA regulations.

Fraud and Abuse Laws and Other Compliance Requirements

The healthcare industry is subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.

Anti-kickback Laws. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration directly or indirectly to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments, and providing anything at less than its fair market value. The Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors, that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the HHS Office of Inspector General.

The penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to five years, fines of up to $25,000 per violation and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only by the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Federal False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act prohibits the knowing filing of a false claim or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from the federal government. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it must pay three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim. Suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government and such individuals (known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers”) may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. In addition, certain states have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.

HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment.

FCPA. Additionally, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making payments to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The scope of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries. Our present and future business has been and will continue to be subject to various other U.S. and foreign laws, rules and/or regulations.

Sunshine Act. Pursuant to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that was signed into law in March 2010, the federal government enacted the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (the “Sunshine Act”). Beginning in 2013 and 2014, we are required to track and publicly report, respectively, gifts and payments made to physicians and teaching hospitals. Many of these requirements are new and uncertain, and failure to comply could result in a range of fines, penalties and/or other sanctions.

21

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is that of the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third party assessment by a “Notified Body.” This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval needs to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products.

Environmental Regulation

Our research and development, clinical and manufacturing processes involve the handling of potentially harmful biological materials as well as hazardous materials. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous and biological materials and we incur expenses relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. If violations of environmental, health and safety laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties and costs of remedial actions. These expenses or this liability could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition. We may violate environmental, health and safety laws in the future as a result of human error, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We are subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political, business and environmental groups. Changes to or restrictions on permitting requirements or processes, hazardous or biological material storage or handling might require an unplanned capital investment or relocation. Failure to comply with new or existing laws or regulations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Advisory Boards and Consultants

We have relied upon the advice of experts in the development and commercialization of our products. Since 2005, we have used experts in various disciplines on a consulting basis as needed to solve problems or accelerate development pathways. We will continue to engage advisors from the academic, consultancy, governmental or other areas to assist us as necessary. We meet with our clinical advisory board on an annual basis.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 646 full-time employees and 119 contract and temporary employees. Approximately 123 full-time employees are engaged in research and development, clinical, regulatory and quality assurance, 225 in manufacturing and 298 in selling, general and administrative functions. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is www.dexcom.com. We provide free access to various reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or furnished. These reports include, but are not limited to, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our website, or through www.sec.gov. Also available on our website are printable versions of our Audit Committee charter, Compensation Committee charter, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter, and Business Code of Conduct and Ethics. Information on our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or other report we file or furnish with the SEC. Stockholders may request copies of these documents from:

DexCom, Inc.

6340 Sequence Drive

22

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 200-0200

23

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Factors that May Affect our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history and our products may never achieve market acceptance.

We expect that sales of our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems, each of which consist of a handheld receiver, reusable transmitter and disposable sensor, will account for substantially all of our product revenue for the foreseeable future. We have relatively limited experience in selling our products and we might be unable to successfully expand the commercialization of our products on a wide scale for a number of reasons, including:

• the approval to sell our G4 system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand, and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize our CE Mark in June 2012 and approval for our G4 PLATINUM system in the United States in October 2012 means that we have limited experience selling our new G4 system;

• the recent approval for a Pediatric Indication of our G4 PLATINUM system in the United States, European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize our CE Mark means that we have limited experience selling and marketing the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system to persons aged two to 17 years or their legal guardians;

• widespread market acceptance of our products by physicians and people with diabetes will largely depend on our ability to demonstrate their relative safety, efficacy, reliability, cost-effectiveness and ease of use;

• the limited size of our sales force and our relative inexperience in marketing, selling and distributing our products;

• we may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately expand the commercialization efforts for our products;

• our FDA and other regulatory submissions may be delayed, or approved with limited product labeling;

• we may not be able to manufacture our products in commercial quantities or at an acceptable cost;

• people with diabetes do not generally receive broad reimbursement from third-party payors for their purchase of our products since many payors require that a policy holder meet specific medical criteria to qualify for reimbursement, which may reduce widespread use of our products;

• the uncertainties associated with establishing and qualifying new manufacturing facilities;

• our systems are not labeled as a replacement for the information that is obtained from single-point finger stick devices;

• people with diabetes will need to incur the costs of our systems in addition to single-point finger stick devices;

• the relative immaturity of the continuous glucose monitoring market internationally, and the general absence of international reimbursement of continuous glucose monitoring devices by third-party payors and government healthcare providers outside the United States;

• the introduction and market acceptance of competing products and technologies;

• our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of supplies at appropriate quality levels from our single-source and other key suppliers;

• our inability to manufacture products that perform in accordance with expectations of consumers; and

• rapid technological change may make our technology and our products obsolete.

Our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems are more invasive than current self-monitored glucose testing systems, including single-point finger stick devices, and people with diabetes may be unwilling to insert a sensor in their body, especially if their current diabetes management involves no more than two finger sticks per day. Moreover, people with diabetes may not perceive the benefits of continuous glucose monitoring and may be unwilling to change their current treatment regimens. In addition, physicians tend to be slow to change their medical treatment practices because of perceived liability risks arising from the use of new products. Physicians may not recommend or prescribe our products until (i) there is more long-term clinical evidence to convince them to alter their existing treatment methods, (ii) there are additional recommendations from prominent physicians that our products are effective in monitoring glucose levels and (iii) reimbursement or insurance coverage is more widely available. We cannot predict when, if ever, physicians and people with diabetes may adopt more widespread use of continuous glucose monitoring systems, including the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems. If the SEVEN PLUS and/or G4 PLATINUM systems do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by

24

people with diabetes, physicians and healthcare payors, we may not generate significant product revenue and we may not become profitable.

We have incurred losses since inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses in the future.

We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception in May 1999, including a net loss of $29.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million. We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our equity and debt securities and our public offerings, and have devoted a substantial portion of our resources to research and development relating to our continuous glucose monitoring systems, including our in-hospital product development, and more recently, we have incurred significant sales and marketing and manufacturing expenses associated with the commercialization of the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems. In addition, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in connection with our clinical trials and other development activities related to our products, including our next generation sensor, and sensor augmented insulin pump collaborations. We also expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase due to the additional operational and regulatory burdens applicable to public healthcare and medical device companies. As a result, we expect to continue to incur operating losses in the future. These losses, among other things, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity.

Current uncertainty in global economic and political conditions makes it particularly difficult to predict product demand and other related matters and makes it more likely that our actual results could differ materially from expectations.

Our operations and performance depend on worldwide economic and political conditions, which have been adversely impacted by continued global economic uncertainty, concerns over the downgrade of U.S. sovereign debt and continued sovereign debt, monetary and financial uncertainties in Europe and other foreign countries. These conditions have and may continue to make it difficult for our customers and potential customers to afford our products, and could cause our customers to stop using our products or to use them less frequently. If that were to occur, we would experience a decrease in revenue and our performance would be negatively impacted. In addition, the pressure on consumers to absorb more of their own health care costs has resulted in some cases in higher deductibles and limits on durable medical equipment, which may cause seasonality in purchasing patterns. Furthermore, during economic uncertainty, our customers have experienced job losses and may continue to experience issues gaining timely access to sufficient health insurance or credit, which could result in their unwillingness to purchase products or an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We may require additional funding to continue the commercialization of our G4 systems or the development and commercialization of our future generation and other continuous glucose monitoring systems, including our sensor augmented insulin pump systems developed in collaboration with Animas and Tandem.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts on commercializing our products, including growth of our manufacturing capacity, and on research and development, including conducting clinical trials for our next generation ambulatory continuous glucose monitoring sensors and systems. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, our operating activities generated $2.4 million in net cash, compared to $33.1 million used for the same period in 2012, and as of December 31, 2013, we had working capital of $61.0 million which included $54.6 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, and $1.0 million in restricted cash. We expect that our cash used by operations will decrease in each of the next several years, and, although (1) have the ability to borrow up to an additional $28.0 million pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance in November 2012 and (2) we were awarded a $4.0 million grant from the Helmsley Trust in July 2013, we may need additional funds to continue the commercialization of our products and for the development and commercialization of our next generation sensors and systems. Additional financing may not be available on a timely basis on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any additional financing may be dilutive to stockholders or may require us to grant a lender a security interest in our assets. The amount of funding we will need will depend on many factors, including:

• the revenue generated by sales of our products and other future products;

• the costs, timing and risks of delay of additional regulatory approvals;

• the expenses we incur in manufacturing, developing, selling and marketing our products;

• our ability to scale our manufacturing operations to meet demand for our current and any future products;

• the costs to produce our continuous glucose monitoring systems;

• the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

25

• the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other development activities;

• the success of our research and development efforts;

• the emergence of competing or complementary technological developments;

• the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish; and

• the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

If adequate funds are not available, we may not be able to commercialize our products at the rate we desire and we may have to delay development or commercialization of our other products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. We also may have to reduce sales, marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products. Any of these factors could harm our financial condition.

We may face risks associated with acquisitions of companies, products and technologies and our business could be harmed if we are unable to address these risks.

If we are presented with appropriate opportunities, we intend to acquire or make other investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. In March 2012, we acquired SweetSpot, our only acquisition to date. We may not realize the anticipated benefit of the acquisition of SweetSpot or any future acquisition, or the realization of the anticipated benefits may require greater expenditures than anticipated by us. We will likely face risks, uncertainties and disruptions associated with the integration process, including difficulties in the integration of the operations and services of any acquired company, integration of acquired technology with our products, diversion of our management's attention from other business concerns, the potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses and impairment charges if future acquisitions are not as successful as we originally anticipate. If we fail to successfully integrate companies, products or technologies that we acquire, our business could be harmed. Furthermore, we may have to incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any additional future acquisitions or investments, the issuance of which could be dilutive to our existing shareholders. In addition, our operating results may suffer because of acquisition-related costs or amortization expenses or charges relating to acquired intangible assets.

If we are unable to continue the development of an adequate sales and marketing organization, or if our direct sales organization is not successful, we may have difficulty achieving market awareness and selling our products.

To achieve commercial success for the G4 PLATINUM system and our future products, we must continue to develop and grow our sales and marketing organization and enter into partnerships or other arrangements to market and sell our products. We currently employ a small direct sales force to market our products in the United States. In the United States, our sales force calls directly on healthcare providers and people with diabetes throughout the country to initiate sales of our products. Our sales organization competes with the experienced, larger and well-funded marketing and sales operations of our competitors. We may not be able to successfully manage our dispersed sales force, or increase our product sales in the new territories. We have also entered into distribution arrangements to leverage existing distributors already engaged in the diabetes marketplace. Our U.S. distribution partnerships are focused on accessing underrepresented regions and, in some instances, third-party payors that contract exclusively with distributors. Our European and other international distribution partners call directly on healthcare providers to market and sell our products in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, the Middle East and Latin America. Because of the competition for their services, we may be unable to partner with or retain additional qualified distributors. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Additionally, to aid our efforts to obtain timely and comprehensive reimbursement of our products for our customers, we must continue to improve our customer service processes and scale our information technology systems.

Developing and managing a direct sales organization is a difficult, expensive and time consuming process. To be successful we must:

• recruit and retain adequate numbers of effective and experienced sales personnel;

• effectively train our sales personnel in the benefits and risks of our products;

• establish and maintain successful sales, marketing and education programs that educate endocrinologists, physicians and diabetes educators so they can appropriately inform their patients about our products; and

• manage geographically disbursed sales and marketing operations.

26

If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into and maintain arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our products, our business may be harmed.

We have entered into distribution arrangements to leverage existing distributors already engaged in the diabetes marketplace. We have distribution agreements with Byram Healthcare and their subsidiaries ("Byram") and RGH Enterprises, Inc. (“Edgepark”), pursuant to which we generated approximately 15% and 14%, respectively, of our total revenue during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013. There can be no assurances that these relationships will continue or that we will be able to maintain this volume of sales from these relationships in the future. A substantial decrease or loss of these sales could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance. Additionally, to the extent that we enter into additional arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing, distribution and billing services in the United States, Europe or other countries, our product margins could be lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products. Furthermore, to the extent that we enter into co-promotion or other marketing and sales arrangements with other companies, any revenue received will depend on the skills and efforts of others, and we cannot predict whether these efforts will be successful. In addition, market acceptance of our products by physicians and people with diabetes in Europe or other countries will largely depend on our ability to demonstrate their relative safety, efficacy, reliability, cost-effectiveness and ease of use. If we are unable to do so, we may not be able to generate product revenue from our sales efforts in Europe or other countries. Finally, if we are unable to establish and maintain adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, independently or with others, we may not be able to generate adequate product revenue and may not become profitable.

Although many third-party payors have adopted some form of coverage policy on continuous glucose monitoring devices, our products do not yet have broad-based contractual coverage with third-party payors and we frequently experience administrative challenges in obtaining reimbursement for our customers. If we are unable to obtain adequately broad reimbursement at acceptable prices for our products or any future products from third-party payors, we will be unable to generate significant revenue.

As a medical device company, reimbursement from Medicare and private third-party healthcare payors is an important element of our success. Although the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) in 2008 released Alpha-Numeric Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (“HCPCS”) codes applicable to each of the three components of our continuous glucose monitoring systems, to date, our approved products are not reimbursed by virtue of a national coverage decision by Medicare. It is not known when, if ever, Medicare will adopt a national coverage decision with respect to continuous glucose monitoring devices. Until any such coverage decision is adopted by Medicare, reimbursement of our products will generally be limited to those people with diabetes covered by third-party payors that have adopted policies for continuous glucose monitoring devices allowing for coverage of these devices if certain conditions are met. As of February 2014, the seven largest private third-party payors, in terms of the number of covered lives, have issued coverage policies for the category of continuous glucose monitoring devices. In addition, we have negotiated contracted rates with six of those third-party payors for the purchase of our products by their members. However, people with diabetes without insurance that covers our products will have to bear the financial cost of them. In the United States, people with diabetes using existing single-point finger stick devices are generally reimbursed all or part of the product cost by Medicare or other third-party payors. The commercial success of our products in both domestic and international markets will be substantially dependent on whether third-party reimbursement is widely available for individuals that use them. While many third-party payors have adopted some form of coverage policy on continuous glucose monitoring devices, those coverage policies frequently require significant medical documentation in order for policy holders to obtain reimbursement, and as a result, we have experienced difficulty in improving the efficiency of our customer service group. In addition, Medicare, Medicaid, health maintenance organizations and other third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical devices, and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. In order to obtain additional reimbursement arrangements, we may have to agree to a net sales price lower than the net sales price we might charge in other sales channels. Our revenue may be limited by the continuing efforts of government and third-party payors to contain or reduce the costs of healthcare through various increasingly sophisticated means, such as requiring prospective reimbursement and second opinions, purchasing in groups, or redesigning benefits. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what effect the current or any future healthcare reform will have on our business, or the effect these matters will have on our customers. Our initial dependence on the commercial success of the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems makes us particularly susceptible to any cost containment or reduction efforts. Accordingly, unless government and other third-party payors provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems, people without coverage who have diabetes may not use our products.

In some foreign markets, pricing and profitability of medical devices are subject to government control. In the United States, we expect that there will continue to be federal and state proposals for similar controls. Also, the trends toward managed healthcare in the United States and proposed legislation intended to reduce the cost of government insurance programs could significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services and products and may result in lower prices for our products or the exclusion of our products from reimbursement programs.

27

We may never receive approval or clearance from the FDA and other governmental agencies to market our next generation ambulatory system, expanded indications for use of current and future generation ambulatory systems, the DexCom SHARE and SweetSpot software platforms or the GlucoClear system, our blood-based in-vivo automated glucose monitoring system, or any other continuous glucose monitoring system under development.

Our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems are classified by the FDA as premarket approval (“PMA”) medical devices. The PMA process requires us to prove the safety and efficacy of our ambulatory system to the FDA's satisfaction. This process can be expensive, prolonged and uncertain, requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and human clinical data, and may never result in the FDA granting a PMA. On June 14, 2012, we received CE Mark approval for our fourth generation continuous glucose monitoring system, initially marketed under the name "DexCom G4 system," enabling commercialization of the DexCom G4 system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark. On October 5, 2012, we obtained FDA approval for the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system. On February 14, 2013, we received CE Mark approval of a Pediatric Indication for the DexCom G4 system, enabling us to market and sell the system in the European Union, Australia, New Zealand and the countries in Asia and Latin America that recognize the CE Mark to persons two years old and older who have diabetes. In connection with our receipt of CE Mark approval for the Pediatric Indication, we changed the name of the DexCom G4 system to the DexCom G4 PLATINUM system. On February 3, 2014, the Pediatric Indication was approved in the United States by the FDA. During the third quarter of 2013, we submitted a PMA supplement to the FDA seeking an expanded indication for G4 PLATINUM for professional use. This expanded indication would allow health care professionals to purchase G4 PLATINUM devices for use with multiple patients.

Animas has submitted an application to the FDA seeking approval of the VIBE system. Tandem intends to seek approval for the product that integrates our continuous glucose monitoring technology into Tandem's insulin delivery system. We cannot predict when, if ever, those products will be approved in the United States. We intend to seek either 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals for certain changes and modifications to SweetSpot's existing software platform, but cannot predict when, if ever, those changes and modifications will be approved.

In addition, we have completed the development of the second generation GlucoClear product with Edwards and they continue to develop regulatory pathways for the system. The 510(k) process would require us to establish (including through pre-clinical testing, bench testing, and/or potentially clinical data) that the GlucoClear system is substantially equivalent in terms of indication, technological characteristics, and performance to one or more legally marketed devices eligible to be cited as predicates in the 510(k) process. We cannot predict whether the FDA will classify the GlucoClear as a 510(k) product, nor can we predict when, if ever, the GlucoClear system will obtain FDA clearance or approval.

The FDA can refuse to grant the GlucoClear system 510(k) clearance or delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application or supplement for many reasons, including:

• the system may not be deemed by the FDA to be substantially equivalent to appropriate predicate devices;

• the system may not satisfy the FDA's safety or efficacy requirements;

• the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

• the manufacturing process or facilities used may not meet applicable requirements; and

• changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

Even if approved or cleared by the FDA, future generations of our ambulatory system, expanded indications for use of current and future generation ambulatory systems, SHARE, SweetSpot, the GlucoClear system, or any other continuous glucose monitoring system under development, may not be approved or cleared for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization. We may not obtain the necessary regulatory approvals or clearances to market these continuous glucose monitoring systems in the United States or outside of the United States. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, approval or clearance for the next generation of our ambulatory system or the GlucoClear system, could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability.

If we are unable to successfully complete the pre-clinical studies or clinical trials necessary to support additional PMA or 510(k) applications or supplements, we may be unable to commercialize our continuous glucose monitoring systems under development, including future generations of our ambulatory system, ambulatory systems with expanded indications for use, DexCom SHARE, the GlucoClear system or our systems developed in collaboration with Animas and Tandem, which could impair our financial position.

Animas has submitted an application to the FDA seeking approval of the VIBE system, and Tandem intends to seek approval for the product that integrates our continuous glucose monitoring technology into Tandem's insulin delivery system . In addition, together with Edwards we continue to develop regulatory pathways for the GlucoClear system. The GlucoClear

28

system may ultimately be classified by the FDA as either a 510(k) or PMA product, and we may consequently be requested to provide additional data in support of any GlucoClear application.

To support these and any future additional PMA or 510(k) applications or supplements, we, together with our partners, must successfully complete pre-clinical studies, bench-testing, and clinical trials that will demonstrate that the product is safe and effective. Product development, including pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, is a long, expensive and uncertain process and is subject to delays and failure at any stage. Furthermore, the data obtained from the studies and trials may be inadequate to support approval of a PMA or 510(k) application and the FDA may request additional clinical data in support of those applications, which may result in significant additional clinical expenses and may delay product approvals. While we have in the past obtained, and may in the future obtain, an Investigational Device Exemption (“IDE”) prior to commencing clinical trials for our continuous glucose monitoring systems, FDA approval of an IDE application permitting us to conduct testing does not mean that the FDA will consider the data gathered in the trial to be sufficient to support approval of a PMA or 510(k) application or supplement, even if the trial's intended safety and efficacy endpoints are achieved. Additionally, since 2009, the FDA has significantly increased the scrutiny applied to its oversight of companies subject to its regulations, including 510(k) and PMA submissions, by hiring new investigators and increasing the frequency and scope of its inspections of manufacturing facilities. The FDA's Center for Devices and Radiological Health (“CDRH”) is contemplating significant changes to the 510(k) process, which could complicate the product approval process for certain of our and our partner’s products, although we cannot predict the effect of such procedural changes and cannot ascertain if such changes will have a substantive impact on the approval of our products or our partners’ products. If we fail to adequately respond to any changes to the 510(k) submission process and associated matters, our business may be adversely impacted.

Unexpected changes to the FDA or foreign regulatory approval processes could also delay or prevent the approval of our products submitted for review. The data contained in our submission, including data drawn from our clinical trials, may not be sufficient to support approval of our products or additional or expanded indications. Medical device company stock prices have declined significantly in certain circumstances where companies have failed to meet expectations in regards to the timing of regulatory approval. If the FDA's response causes product approval delays, or is not favorable for any of our products, our stock price could decline substantially.

The commencement or completion of any of our clinical trials may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA or 510(k) applicationor supplement, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

• the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

• patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate we expect;

• patients do not comply with trial protocols;

• patient follow-up does not occur at the rate we expect;

• patients experience adverse side effects;

• patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to our products;

• institutional review boards (“IRBs”) and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject our trial protocol;

• third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the investigator agreements, clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA or IRB requirements;

• the company or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

• third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to the company or study that FDA deems to make the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

• regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

• changes in governmental regulations, policies or administrative actions applicable to our trial protocols;

• the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and

• the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

The results of pre-clinical studies do not necessarily predict future clinical trial results, and prior clinical trial results might not be repeated in subsequent clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to prove safety or

29

efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay the approval of our products. If we are unable to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our products in our clinical trials to the FDA's satisfaction, we will be unable to obtain regulatory approval to market our products in the United States. In addition, the data we collect from our current clinical trials, our pre-clinical studies and other clinical trials may not be sufficient to support FDA approval, even if our endpoints are met.

We depend on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll patients in our clinical trials and other third parties to manage the trials and to perform related data collection and analysis, and, as a result, we may face costs and delays that are outside of our control.

We rely on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll patients in our clinical trials and other third parties to manage the trial and to perform related data collection and analysis. However, we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that clinical sites may devote to our clinical trials. If these clinical investigators and clinical sites fail to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials or fail to ensure compliance by patients with clinical protocols or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we will be unable to complete these trials, which could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approvals for our products. Our agreements with clinical investigators and clinical sites for clinical testing place substantial responsibilities on these parties and, if these parties fail to perform as expected, our trials could be delayed or terminated. If these clinical investigators, clinical sites or other third parties do not carry out their contractual duties or obligations or fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, or the clinical data may be rejected by the FDA, and we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products.

Healthcare reforms, changes in healthcare policies and changes to third-party reimbursements for our products may affect demand for our products.

Comprehensive healthcare legislation, signed into law in March 2010, imposes stringent compliance, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements on companies in various sectors of the life sciences industry, with which we may need to comply, and enhanced penalties for non-compliance with the new healthcare regulations. The impact of this legislation remains unclear, and costs of compliance with this legislation, or any future amendments thereto, could result in certain risks and expenses that we may have to assume.

Other political and regulatory influences are also subjecting our industry to significant changes, and we cannot predict whether new regulations will emerge at the federal or state level, or abroad. The U.S. government may in the future consider healthcare policies and proposals intended to curb rising healthcare costs, including those that could significantly affect reimbursement for healthcare products such as the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems. These policies have included, and may in the future include: basing reimbursement policies and rates on clinical outcomes, the comparative effectiveness and costs of different treatment technologies and modalities; imposing price controls and taxes on medical device providers; and other measures. Future significant changes in the healthcare systems in the United States or elsewhere could also have a negative impact on the demand for our current and future products. These include changes that may reduce reimbursement rates for our products and changes that may be proposed or implemented by the current or future U.S. Presidential administration or Congress.

In addition, the comprehensive healthcare reform legislation included an annual excise tax on the sale of medical devices equal to 2.3% of the price of the device starting on January 1, 2013, which does not include, under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidance, our existing SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems as they are deemed to be retail medical devices under such legislation. As a result, as of December 31, 2013, we believed that our current products were exempt from the excise tax. Notwithstanding our belief, if the IRS determined that this tax isapplicable to our current or future products, our future operating results could be harmed, which in turn could cause the price of our stock to decline, Additionally, because of the uncertainty surrounding these issues, the impact of this tax has not been reflected in our forward guidance.

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could suffer penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations.

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those relating to:

• billing for services;

• financial relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

• inducements and courtesies given to physicians and other health care providers and patients;

• labeling products;

30

• quality of medical equipment and services;

• confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and individually identifiable health information;

• medical device reporting;

• anti-kickback:

• any scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program;

• physician payment disclosure requirements;

• false claims; and

• professional licensure.

These laws and regulations are extremely complex and, in some cases, still evolving. In many instances, the industry does not have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial interpretation of these laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal, state or local laws and regulations which govern our activities, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines or curtailment of our operations. The risk of being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's time and attention from the operation of our business.

The FDA, the Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, states' attorneys general and other governmental authorities actively enforce the laws and regulations discussed above. In the U.S., medical device manufacturers have been the target of numerous government prosecutions and investigations alleging violations of law, including claims asserting impermissible off-label promotion of pharmaceutical products, payments intended to influence the referral of federal or state healthcare business, and submission of false claims for government reimbursement. As part of our compliance program, we have reviewed our sales contracts and marketing materials and practices to assure compliance with these federal and state laws, and inform employees and marketing representatives of the anti-kickback statute and their obligations thereunder. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that the government or other third parties could interpret these laws differently and challenge our practices under one or more of these laws.

In addition, healthcare laws and regulations may change significantly in the future. Any new healthcare laws or regulations may adversely affect our business. A review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities may result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations. Also, the healthcare regulatory environment may change in a way that restricts or adversely impacts our operations.

We are not aware of any governmental healthcare investigations involving our executives or us. However, any future healthcare investigations of our executives, our managers or us could result in significant liabilities or penalties to us, as well as adverse publicity.

We have limited manufacturing capabilities and manufacturing personnel, and if our manufacturing capabilities are insufficient to produce an adequate supply of product at appropriate quality levels, our growth could be limited and our business could be harmed.

We currently have limited resources, facilities and experience in commercially manufacturing sufficient quantities of product to meet expected demand. In the past, we have had difficulty scaling our manufacturing operations to provide a sufficient supply of product to support our commercialization efforts. From time to time, we have also experienced brief periods of backorder and, at times, have had to limit the efforts of our sales force to introduce our products to new customers. We have focused significant effort on continual improvement programs in our manufacturing operations intended to improve quality, yields and throughput. We have made progress in manufacturing to enable us to supply adequate amounts of product to support our commercialization efforts; however, there can be no assurances that supply will not be constrained in the future. In order to produce our products in the quantities we anticipate will be necessary to meet market demand, we will need to increase our manufacturing capacity by a significant factor over the current level. In addition, we will have to modify our manufacturing design, reliability and process if and when our next generation sensor technologies are approved and commercialized. There are technical challenges to increasing manufacturing capacity, including equipment design and automation, materials procurement, manufacturing site expansion, problems with production yields and quality control and assurance. Developing commercial-scale manufacturing facilities will require the investment of substantial additional funds and the hiring and retention of additional management, quality assurance, quality control and technical personnel who have the necessary manufacturing experience. Also, the scaling of manufacturing capacity is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and may lead to variability in product quality or reliability, increased construction timelines, as well as resources required to design, install and

31

maintain manufacturing equipment, among others, all of which can lead to unexpected delays in manufacturing output. In addition, any changes to our manufacturing processes may require FDA submission and approval and our facilities may have to undergo additional inspections by the FDA and corresponding state agencies. We may be unable to adequately maintain, develop and expand our manufacturing process and operations or obtain FDA and state agency approval of our facilities in a timely manner or at all. If we are unable to manufacture a sufficient supply of our current products or any future products for which we may receive approval, maintain control over expenses or otherwise adapt to anticipated growth, or if we underestimate growth, we may not have the capability to satisfy market demand and our business will suffer.

Additionally, the production of our products must occur in a highly controlled and clean environment to minimize particles and other yield- and quality-limiting contaminants. Weaknesses in process control or minute impurities in materials may cause a substantial percentage of defective products. If we are not able to maintain stringent quality controls, or if contamination problems arise, our clinical development and commercialization efforts could be delayed, which would harm our business and our results of operations.

In the future, if our products experience a material defect or error, this could result in loss or delay of revenues, delayed market acceptance, damaged reputation, diversion of development resources, legal claims, increased insurance costs or increased service and warranty costs, any of which could harm our business. Such defects or errors could also prompt us to amend certain warning labels or narrow the scope of the use of our products, either of which could hinder our success in the market.

Since our commercial launch in 2006, we have experienced periodic field failures related to our products, including reports of sensor errors, sensor failures, broken sensors, receiver malfunctions and transmitter failures. We do not believe these failures necessitated device explant, other procedures, or non-standard clinical treatment or intervention. To comply with the FDA's medical device reporting requirements, we have filed reports of all such broken or lodged sensors. Although we believe we have taken and are taking appropriate actions aimed at reducing or eliminating field failures, there can be no assurances that we will not experience additional failures going forward.

Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

We rely on OnCore Manufacturing Services to manufacture and supply circuit boards for our receiver and transmitter; we rely on ON Semiconductor Corp. to manufacture and supply the application specific integrated circuit (“ASIC”) that is incorporated into the transmitter; we rely on DSM PTG, Inc. to manufacture certain polymers used to synthesize our polymeric biointerface membranes for our products; and we rely on The Tech Group to supply our injection molded components. Each of these suppliers is a single-source supplier. In some cases, our agreements with these and our other suppliers can be terminated by either party upon short notice. Our contract manufacturers also rely on single-source suppliers to manufacture some of the components used in our products. Our manufacturers and suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. If our single-source suppliers shift their manufacturing and assembly sites to other locations, these new sites may require additional FDA approval and inspection. Should any such FDA approval be delayed, or such inspection requires corrective action, our supply of critical components may be constrained or unavailable. Our reliance on these outside manufacturers and suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

• we may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

• our products are technologically complex and it is difficult to develop alternative supply sources;

• we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers' needs higher priority than ours;

• our suppliers may make errors in manufacturing components that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our products or cause delays in shipment of our products;

• we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our single-source supplies;

• switching components may require product redesign and submission to the FDA of a PMA supplement or possibly a separate PMA, either of which could significantly delay production;

• our suppliers manufacture products for a range of customers, and fluctuations in demand for the products these suppliers manufacture for others may affect their ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner;

• our suppliers may make obsolete components that are critical to our products; and

• our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand for components, including those related to changes in global economic conditions, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements.

32

We may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers, particularly for our single-source components, in part because of the FDA approval process and because of the custom nature of various parts we design. Any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to cancel orders or switch to competitive products.

Potential long-term complications from our products or other continuous glucose monitoring systems under development may not be revealed by our clinical experience to date.

Based on our experience, complications from use of our products may include sensor errors, sensor failures, broken sensors, lodged sensors or skin irritation under the adhesive dressing of the sensor. Inflammation or redness, swelling, minor infection, and minor bleeding at the sensor insertion site are also possible risks with an individual's use of the device. However, if unanticipated long-term side-effects result from the use of our products or other glucose monitoring systems under development, we could be subject to liability and our systems would not be widely adopted. With respect to our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems, our clinical trials have been limited to seven days of continuous use. Additionally, we have limited clinical experience with repeated use of our products in the same patient. We cannot assure you that long-term use would not result in unanticipated complications. Furthermore, the interim results from our current pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may not be indicative of the clinical results obtained when we examine the patients at later dates. It is possible that repeated use of our products may result in unanticipated adverse effects, potentially even after the device is removed.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Any product for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, which may include inspection of our manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data and promotional activities for such product. The FDA's medical device reporting (“MDR”) regulations require that we report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, it would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. We and our suppliers are also required to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) and other regulations, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, selection and oversight of suppliers or contractors, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage, complaint handling, shipping and servicing of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through unannounced inspections. We currently manufacture our devices at our headquarters facilities in San Diego, California. In these facilities we have more than 13,000 square feet of laboratory space and approximately 10,000 square feet of controlled environment rooms. In July 2012, the FDA completed an inspection of our facilities and did not identify any observations or require any other types of corrective action. In February 2010, the FDA inspected our facility and issued a Form 483 identifying several inspectional observations. Subsequent to the inspection, we also received a warning letter from the FDA requiring us to file MDRs in accordance with the MDR regulations for complaints involving sensor wire fractures underneath a patient's skin. In response to the warning letter and the Form 483 inspectional observations, we took corrective action to address the observations to achieve substantial compliance with the FDA regulatory requirements applicable to a commercial medical device manufacturer and received written notification dated November 1, 2010 from the FDA that we adequately addressed all issues cited in the warning letter. During a routine FDA post-approval facility inspection ending on November 7, 2013, the FDA issued a Form 483 with several observations regarding DexCom Medical Device Reporting (MDR) procedures and complaint reportability determinations.  DexCom responded to the observations on November 26, 2013.

In March 2009, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) established a bifurcated Medical Implant Communications System (“MICS”) band which requires device manufacturers whose products will operate in the main MICS band to either manufacture their devices using listen-before-transmit technology, or to transmit on a side band outside the main MICS band at lower power. Although the SEVEN PLUS does not comply with existing MICS band listen-before-transmit requirements, the FCC granted a waiver to allow continued operation of the SEVEN PLUS. Our G4 PLATINUM system does not operate within the MICS band and does not require a waiver.

Compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements can be complex, expensive and time-consuming. Failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, or failure to take adequate response to any observations, could result in, among other things, any of the following actions:

• warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;

• delays in approving or refusal to approve our continuous glucose monitoring systems;

• fines and civil penalties;

• unanticipated expenditures;

• FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export our products for sale in other countries;

33

• suspension or withdrawal of approval by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;

• product recall or seizure;

• interruption of production;

• operating restrictions;

• injunctions; and

• criminal prosecution.

If any of these actions were to occur, it would harm our reputation and cause our product sales and profitability to suffer. In addition, we believe events that could be classified as reportable events pursuant to MDR regulations are generally underreported by physicians and users, and any underlying problems could be of a larger magnitude than suggested by the number or types of MDRs filed by us. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Even if regulatory approval or clearance of a product is granted, the approval or clearance may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing or surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including software bugs, unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements such as the QSR, MDR reporting, or other post-market requirements may result in restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. has filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us. If we are not successful in defending against its claims, our business could be materially impaired.

As further described in Part I, Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” of this annual report, Abbott has filed certain patent infringement lawsuits against us, claiming that our continuous glucose monitor infringes certain patents held by Abbott. We requested, and the Patent Office granted, reexamination of each of the patents cited in this lawsuit. On September 30, 2007, the court granted our motion to stay the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office relating to all seven patents asserted against us.

In connection with this litigation, two of the seven patents that are the subject of the litigation have reexamination requests on appeal at the Patent Office. Certificates of Reexamination were issued for five of the seven patents. In many of these reexamination proceedings, Abbott filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art we presented, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art we presented, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims. In addition, since 2008, Abbott has copied claims from certain of our applications, and stated that it may seek to provoke an interference with certain of our pending applications in the Patent Office. If interference is declared and Abbott prevails in the interference, we would lose certain patent rights to the subject matter defined in the interference. Also since 2008, Abbott has filed 38 reexamination requests seeking to invalidate 31 of our patents. Three of the 38 reexamination requests are in various stages at the Patent Office, and 34 have been issued a Certificate of Reexamination (one Reexamination Request was denied). We have filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art presented in the reexaminations, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art presented in the reexaminations, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims.

On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a motion with the district court seeking to lift the stay of the two consolidated cases.  We filed an opposition to the motion on January 17, 2014, and Abbott filed a reply brief in support of its motion on January 29, 2014.  The court has taken the motion under submission, although it is not clear when it will issue a ruling. On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a new complaint for patent infringement.  In that complaint, Abbott alleges that our products, including our Seven Plus and G4 PLATINUM continuous glucose monitoring systems, infringe claims of United States Patent No. 8,175,673.  We filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2014.  On January 28, 2014, we also filed a motion to consolidate the newest case with the first two cases, and to stay the three cases pending conclusion of all pending reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office. It is possible that the Patent Office may determine that some or all of the claims of our patents subject to the reexamination are invalid. Additionally, Abbott has filed an Opposition to six of our European patents, one of which was not defended and one of which was revoked.

Although it is our position that Abbott's assertions of infringement have no merit, and that the potential interference, reexamination and opposition requests have no merit, the outcome of the litigation and interference, reexamination or opposition requests cannot be assessed currently with any certainty. We may not successfully defend ourselves against the

34

claims made by Abbott or prevail in the litigation. Subject to the stay of litigation, if Abbott were to seek and obtain a preliminary or permanent injunction, it could force us to stop making, using, selling or offering to sell our products. The technology at issue in our litigation with Abbott is currently used in our products, including SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM ambulatory products, and our GlucoClear system for in-hospital use. If we were forced to stop selling these products, our business and prospects would suffer. In addition, defending against this action could have a number of harmful effects on our business, including those discussed in the following risk factor, regardless of the final outcome of such litigation. For example, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant costs in defending the action.

Any adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we are or may become a party relating to patents could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties or require us to seek licenses from other third parties. Furthermore, if we are found to willfully infringe third-party patents, we could, in addition to other penalties, be required to pay treble damages and/or attorneys' fees for the prevailing party. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and would likely include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement and any redesign may not receive FDA approval in a timely manner if at all. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.

We are subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from shipping affected products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties or to develop non-infringing alternatives, and subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief. We may also be subject to other claims or suits.

Other companies, including Abbott, could, in the future, assert infringement or misappropriation claims against us with respect to our current or future products. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties or others. Our competitors may assert that our continuous glucose monitoring systems or the methods we employ in the use of our systems are covered by U.S. or foreign patents held by them. This risk is exacerbated by the fact that there are numerous issued patents and pending patent applications relating to self-monitored glucose testing systems in the medical technology field. Because patent applications may take years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that our products infringe. There could also be existing patents of which we are unaware that one or more components of our system may inadvertently infringe. As the number of competitors in the market for continuous glucose monitoring systems grows, the possibility of inadvertent patent infringement by us or a patent infringement claim against us increases.

Any infringement or misappropriation claim, including the claim brought by Abbott, could cause us to incur significant costs, place significant strain on our financial resources, divert management's attention from our business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents were upheld as valid and enforceable and we were found to infringe, we could be prohibited from selling our product that is found to infringe unless we could obtain licenses to use the technology covered by the patent or are able to design around the patent. We may be unable to obtain a license on terms acceptable to us, if at all, and we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Even if we are able to redesign our products to avoid an infringement claim, we may not receive FDA approval for such changes in a timely manner or at all. A court could also order us to pay compensatory damages for such infringement, plus prejudgment interest and could, in addition, treble the compensatory damages and award attorney fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. A court also could enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us and our customers from making, using, selling or offering to sell one or more of our products, or could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. Depending on the nature of the relief ordered by the court, we could become liable for additional damages to third parties.

In addition, from time to time, we are subject to various claims and suits arising out of the ordinary course of business, including commercial or employment related matters. Although individually we do not expect these claims or suits to have a material adverse effect on the Company, in the aggregate they may divert significant time and resources from our staff.

Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and others to produce products based on our technology, which could substantially impair our ability to compete.

Our success and our ability to compete are dependent, in part, upon our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark law, and trade secrets and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. However, such methods may not be adequate to protect us or permit us to gain or maintain a

35

competitive advantage. Our patent applications may not issue as patents in a form that will be advantageous to us, or at all. Our issued patents, and those that may issue in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related products. In addition, there are numerous recent changes to the patent laws and proposed changes to the rules of the Patent Office, which may have a significant impact on our ability to protect our technology and enforce our intellectual property rights. For example, in September 2011, the U.S. enacted sweeping changes to the U.S. patent system under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, including changes that would transition the U.S. from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first to file” system and alter the processes for challenging issued patents. These changes could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

To protect our proprietary rights, we may in the future need to assert claims of infringement against third parties. The outcome of litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is highly unpredictable, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations regardless of the final outcome of such litigation. In the event of an adverse judgment, a court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorney fees.

Despite our efforts to safeguard our unpatented and unregistered intellectual property rights, we may not be successful in doing so or the steps taken by us in this regard may not be adequate to detect or deter misappropriation of our technology or to prevent an unauthorized third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our products, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary. Additionally, third parties may be able to design around our patents. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

We operate in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established medical device manufacturers with significant resources, and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for glucose monitoring devices is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. In selling the SEVEN PLUS and G4 systems, we compete directly with Roche Diabetes Care, a division of Roche Diagnostics, LifeScan, Inc., a division of Johnson & Johnson, the MediSense and TheraSense divisions of Abbott Laboratories, and Bayer Corporation, each of which manufactures and markets products for the single-point finger stick device market. Collectively, these companies currently account for substantially all of the worldwide sales of self-monitored glucose testing systems. Several companies are developing or marketing short-term continuous glucose monitoring products that will compete directly with our products. To date, in addition to us, two other companies, Medtronic and Abbott, have received approval from the FDA to market, and actively market, continuous glucose monitors. Abbott has discontinued selling its Freestyle Navigator glucose monitoring system in the United States; however, Abbott filed a clinical study for home use of the Navigator II system in the United States and in October 2012, Abbott initiated a limited launch of the Navigator II system in Europe. In addition, we believe that others, including Roche and Becton, Dickinson and Company, are developing invasive and non-invasive continuous glucose monitoring systems. Most of the companies developing or marketing competing devices are publicly traded or divisions of publicly traded companies, and these companies possess several competitive advantages, including:

• significantly greater name recognition;

• established relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

• established distribution networks;

• additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

• greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approval for products and marketing approved products; and

• greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation.

As a result, we may not be able to compete effectively against these companies or their products, which may adversely impact our business.

We have entered into a Collaboration Agreement with Edwards to develop jointly an in-hospital critical care automated blood glucose monitoring device, branded as the GlucoClear system, which may not result in a commercially viable product in the United States or generate of any future revenues.

On November 10, 2008, we entered into a Collaboration Agreement with Edwards pursuant to which we agreed to develop jointly and to market the GlucoClear system, a blood-based in-vivo automated glucose monitoring system for use by

36

healthcare providers in the hospital critical care sector. Under the Collaboration Agreement, we may receive payments for various milestones related to regulatory approvals and commercial readiness of the product. In addition, we also expect to receive either a profit-sharing payment of 10% of the products' gross profits, or a royalty of 6% of commercial sales of the product. The Collaboration Agreement provides Edwards with an exclusive license to our intellectual property that relates to blood-based glucose sensors in the critical care sector of the hospital market. However, this collaboration may not result in the development of products that achieve regulatory approval in the United States or commercial success, which would result in various penalties to us under the Collaboration Agreement, up to and including delay or loss of some or all of our milestone payments and rights to any profit-sharing or royalties. In October 2009, we received CE Mark approval for the first generation of the GlucoClear system that we developed in collaboration with Edwards. Although Edwards commenced market evaluations during 2009, this product has never generated significant revenue and we do not expect this product to generate significant revenue during 2014. In January 2013, Edwards received CE Mark approval for the second generation system and Edwards initiated another limited launch in Europe of the second generation GlucoClear system in 2013. We cannot predict whether the FDA will classify the GlucoClear as a 510(k) or PMA product, nor can we predict when, if ever, the GlucoClear will obtain FDA clearance or approval.

We enter into collaborations with third parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.

In the ordinary course of our business, we enter into collaborative arrangements to develop new products and to pursue new markets, such as our agreements with Animas and Tandem, to integrate our continuous glucose monitoring technology into their respective insulin delivery systems. We have also entered into an OUS Commercialization Agreement, as amended, with Animas pursuant to which Animas retains the right to develop and market outside the United States an ambulatory insulin pump that is combined with our continuous glucose monitoring technology which has been branded the Vibe. In May 2011, we, together with Animas, received CE Mark certification for the Vibe, allowing it to be marketed in the countries that recognize CE Mark approval. Animas has also recently submitted an application to the FDA seeking approval of the VIBE system.

We also previously entered into collaborative agreements with Insulet and Roche neither of which resulted in the successful development of a commercially viable product or result in significant additional future revenues.

Many of the companies that we collaborate with are also competitors or potential competitors who may decide to terminate our collaborative arrangement. In the event of such a termination, we may be required to devote additional resources to product development and commercialization, we may need to cancel some development programs and we may face increased competition. Additionally, similar to the agreements with Insulet and Roche, collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success and could be terminated prior to developing any products. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that any of our collaborations will result in the successful development of a commercially viable product or result in significant additional future revenues. In addition, our development timelines are highly dependent on our ability to achieve clinical endpoints and regulatory requirements and to overcome technology challenges, and may be delayed due to scheduling issues with patients and investigators, requests from institutional review boards, product performance and manufacturing supply constraints, among other factors. In addition, support of these clinical trials requires significant resources from employees involved in the production of our products, including research and development, manufacturing, quality assurance, and clinical and regulatory personnel. Even if our development and clinical trial efforts are successful, the FDA may not approve the combined products or may require additional product testing and clinical trials before approving the combined products, which would result in product launch delays and additional expense. If approved by the FDA, the combined products may not achieve acceptance in the marketplace by physicians and people with diabetes.

To date, no continuous glucose monitoring system, including our G4 PLATINUM system, has received FDA clearance as a replacement for single-point finger stick devices, and our G4 PLATINUM and future generations may never be approved for that indication.

The G4 PLATINUM system does not eliminate the need for single-point finger stick devices and our future products may not be approved for that indication. No precedent for FDA approval of continuous glucose monitoring systems as a replacement for single-point finger stick devices has been established. Accordingly, there is no established study design or agreement regarding performance requirements or measurements in clinical trials for continuous glucose monitoring systems. We have not yet filed for FDA approval for therapeutic or replacement claim labeling and we cannot assure you that we will not experience delays if we do file. If any of our competitors were to obtain replacement claim labeling for a continuous glucose monitoring system, our products may not be able to compete effectively against that system and our business would suffer.

37

Technological breakthroughs in the glucose monitoring market could render our products obsolete.

The glucose monitoring market is subject to rapid technological change and product innovation. Our products are based on our proprietary technology, but a number of companies and medical researchers are pursuing new technologies for the monitoring of glucose levels. FDA approval of a commercially viable continuous glucose monitor or sensor produced by one of our competitors could significantly reduce market acceptance of our systems. Several of our competitors are in various stages of developing continuous glucose monitors or sensors, including non-invasive and invasive devices, and the FDA has approved several of these competing products. In addition, the National Institutes of Health and other supporters of diabetes research are continually seeking ways to prevent, cure or improve treatment of diabetes. Therefore, our products may be rendered obsolete by technological breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment, prevention or cure.

We face the risk of product liability claims and may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that is inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of medical devices, including those which may arise from the misuse or malfunction of, or design flaws in, our products. We may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury. Claims may be made by customers, healthcare providers or others selling our products.

Although we have product liability and clinical trial liability insurance that we believe is appropriate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, the coverage may not be adequate to protect us against any future product liability claims. Further, if additional products are approved for marketing, we may seek additional insurance coverage. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we will be exposed to significant liabilities, which may harm our business. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could result in significant costs and significant harm to our business.

We may be subject to claims against us even if the apparent injury is due to the actions of others or misuse of the device. Our customers, either on their own or following the advice of their physicians, may use our products in a manner not described in the products' labeling and that differs from the manner in which it was used in clinical studies and approved by the FDA. For example, our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems are designed to be used by an individual continuously for up to seven days, but the individual might be able to circumvent the safeguards designed into the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM systems and use the products for longer than seven days. Off-label use of products by customers is common, and any such off-label use of our products could subject us to additional liability. These liabilities could prevent or interfere with our product commercialization efforts. Defending a suit, regardless of merit, could be costly, could divert management attention and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in the withdrawal of, or inability to recruit, clinical trial volunteers or result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market.

We may be subject to fines, penalties and injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved off-label uses.

Although we believe our promotional materials and training methods are conducted in compliance with FDA and other regulations, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use, the FDA could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement.

If we are found to have violated laws protecting the confidentiality of patient health information, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.

There are a number of federal and state laws protecting the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected information. In particular, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services promulgated patient privacy rules under HIPAA. These privacy rules protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting their use and disclosure, giving individuals the right to access, amend and seek accounting of their own health information and limiting most use and disclosures of health information to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. If we are found to be in violation of the privacy rules under HIPAA, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

38

The majority of our operations are conducted at two facilities in San Diego, California. Any disruption at these facilities could increase our expenses.

We take precautions to safeguard our facilities, which include manufacturing protocols, insurance, health and safety protocols, and off-site storage of computer data. However, a natural disaster, such as a fire, flood, earthquake, an act of terrorism, cyber attack or other disruptive event could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment, inventory, or records and cause us to incur additional expenses. Earthquakes are of particular significance since our primary manufacturing facilities in California are located in an earthquake-prone area. In the event our existing manufacturing facilities or equipment are affected by man-made or natural disasters, we may be unable to manufacture products for sale or meet customer demands or sales projections. If our manufacturing operations were curtailed or ceased, it would seriously harm our business. The insurance we maintain against fires, floods, earthquakes and other natural disasters and similar events may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case.

Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, customer service, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may significantly suffer.

We may be liable for contamination or other harm caused by materials that we handle, and changes in environmental regulations could cause us to incur additional expense.

Our research and development and clinical processes involve the handling of potentially harmful biological materials as well as hazardous materials. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous and biological materials and we incur expenses relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. If violations of environmental, health and safety laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties and costs of remedial actions. These expenses or this liability could have a significant negative impact on our financial condition. We may violate environmental, health and safety laws in the future as a result of human error, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We are subject to potentially conflicting and changing regulatory agendas of political, business and environmental groups. Changes to or restrictions on permitting requirements or processes, hazardous or biological material storage or handling might require an unplanned capital investment or relocation. Failure to comply with new or existing laws or regulations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

We conduct limited commercial and marketing efforts in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, the Middle East, Latin America and Asia with respect to our G4 PLATINUM system and may seek to market our products in other regions in the future. Outside the United States, we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval in addition to other risks. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market outside the United States on a timely basis, or at all.

Our success will depend on our ability to attract and retain our personnel.

We are highly dependent on our senior management, especially Terrance H. Gregg, our Chief Executive Officer, Kevin Sayer, our President and Chief Operating Officer, Steven R. Pacelli, our Executive Vice President of Strategy and Corporate

39

Development, Jorge Valdes, our Chief Technical Officer, and Andrew K. Balo, our Senior Vice President of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including sales persons, scientists, clinicians, engineers and other highly skilled personnel. Competition for senior management personnel, as well as sales persons, scientists, clinicians and engineers, is intense and we may not be able to retain our personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management, scientists, clinicians or engineers could prevent the implementation and completion of our objectives, including the commercialization of our current products and the development and introduction of additional products. The loss of a member of our senior management or our professional staff would require the remaining executive officers to divert immediate and substantial attention to seeking a replacement. Each of our officers may terminate their employment at any time without notice and without cause or good reason. Additionally, volatility or a lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees.

We expect to continue to expand our operations and grow our research and development, manufacturing, sales and marketing, product development and administrative operations. This expansion is expected to place a significant strain on our management and will require hiring a significant number of qualified personnel. Accordingly, recruiting and retaining such personnel in the future will be critical to our success. There is intense competition from other companies and research and academic institutions for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these highly skilled personnel, we may be unable to continue our development and commercialization activities.

New regulations related to "conflict minerals" may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the cost of certain metals used in manufacturing our products.

On August 22, 2012, the SEC adopted a new rule requiring disclosures by public companies of specified minerals, known as conflict minerals, that are necessary to the functionality or production of products manufactured or contracted to be manufactured. The new rule, which is effective for 2013 and requires a disclosure report to be filed by May 31, 2014, will require companies to perform due diligence, disclose and report whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo or an adjoining country. The new rule could affect sourcing at competitive prices and availability in sufficient quantities of certain minerals used in the manufacture of our products, including tantalum, tin, gold and tungsten. The number of suppliers who provide conflict-free minerals may be limited. In addition, there may be material costs associated with complying with the disclosure requirements, such as costs related to determining the source of certain minerals used in our products, as well as costs of possible changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. Within our supply chain, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins of the relevant minerals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement, which may harm our reputation. We are currently investigating the use of conflict materials within our supply chain.

Compliance with regulations relating to public company corporate governance matters and reporting is time consuming and expensive.

Many laws and regulations, notably those adopted in connection with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, new SEC regulations and the NASDAQ Stock Market, impose obligations on public companies, such as ours, which have increased the scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices. Compliance with these laws and regulations, including enhanced new disclosures has required and will continue to require substantial management time and oversight and requires us to incur significant additional accounting and legal costs. The effects of new laws and regulations remain unclear and will likely require substantial management time and oversight and require us to incur significant additional accounting and legal costs. Additionally, changes to existing accounting rules or standards, such as the potential requirement that U.S. registrants prepare financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), may adversely impact our reported financial results and business, and may further require us to incur greater accounting fees.

If we are unable to successfully maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and our stock price and our business may be adversely impacted.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and our management is required to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of each fiscal year. Additionally, we are required to disclose in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on this assessment. If we are not successful in maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, there could be inaccuracies or omissions in the consolidated financial information we are required to file with the SEC. Additionally, even if there are no inaccuracies or omissions, we will be required to publicly disclose the conclusion of our management that our

40

internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures are not effective. These events could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, adversely impact our stock price, result in increased costs to remediate any deficiencies, attract regulatory scrutiny or lawsuits that could be costly to resolve and distract management’s attention, limit our ability to access the capital markets or cause our stock to be delisted from The NASDAQ Global Select Market or any other securities exchange on which it is then listed.

Valuation of share-based payments, which we are required to perform for purposes of recording compensation expense under authoritative guidance for share-based payment, involves assumptions that are subject to change and difficult to predict.

We record compensation expense in the consolidated statement of operations for share-based payments, such as employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase plan shares, using the fair value method. The requirements of the authoritative guidance for share-based payment have and will continue to have a material effect on our future financial results reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and make it difficult for us to accurately predict the impact on our future financial results.

For instance, estimating the fair value of share-based payments is highly dependent on assumptions regarding the future exercise behavior of our employees and changes in our stock price. The actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration, early termination or forfeiture of share-based payments might be significantly different than our estimates of the fair values of those awards as determined at the date of grant. If there are errors in our input assumptions for our valuations models, we may inaccurately calculate actual or estimated compensation expense for share-based payments.

The authoritative guidance for share-based payment could also adversely impact our ability to provide accurate guidance on our future financial results as assumptions that are used to estimate the fair value of share-based payments are based on estimates and judgments that may differ from period to period. We may also be unable to accurately predict the amount and timing of the recognition of tax benefits associated with share-based payments as they are highly dependent on the exercise behavior of our employees and the price of our stock relative to the exercise price of each outstanding stock option.

For those reasons, among others, the authoritative guidance for share-based payment may create variability and uncertainty in the share-based compensation expense we will record in future periods, which could adversely impact our stock price and increase our expected stock price volatility as compared to prior periods.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices or existing taxation rules or practices may cause adverse unexpected revenue and/or expense fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices or a change in existing taxation rules or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements and taxation practice have occurred and may occur in the future. The method in which we market and sell our products may have an impact on the manner in which we recognize revenue. In addition, changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. Additionally, changes to existing accounting rules or standards, such as the potential requirement that U.S. registrants prepare financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, may adversely impact our reported financial results and business, and may further require us to incur greater accounting fees.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price is highly volatile and investing in our stock involves a high degree of risk, which could result in substantial losses for investors.

Historically, the market price of our common stock, like the securities of many other medical products companies, fluctuates and could continue to be volatile in the future. Since January 1, 2013, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market has been as high as $44.53 per share and as low as $13.85 per share.

The market price of our common stock is influenced by many factors that are beyond our control, including the following:

• securities analyst coverage or lack of coverage of our common stock or changes in their estimates of our financial performance;

• variations in quarterly operating results;

• future sales of our common stock by our stockholders;

41

• investor perception of us and our industry;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant agreements, acquisitions or capital commitments;

• changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

• general economic conditions;

• regulatory actions;

• legislation and political conditions; and

• terrorist acts.

Please also refer to the factors described above in this “Risk Factors” section. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated and disproportionate to the operating performance of companies in our industry. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

Further, securities class action litigation has often been brought against public companies that experience periods of volatility in the market prices of their securities. Securities class action litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

If our financial performance fails to meet the expectations of investors and public market analysts, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. If quarterly revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or public market analysts, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. Factors that might cause quarterly fluctuations in our operating results include:

• our inability to manufacture an adequate supply of product at appropriate quality levels and acceptable costs;

• possible delays in our research and development programs or in the completion of any clinical trials;

• a lack of acceptance of our products in the marketplace by physicians and people with diabetes;

• the inability of customers to receive reimbursements from third-party payors;

• failures to comply with regulatory requirements, which could lead to withdrawal of products from the market;

• our failure to continue the commercialization of any of our continuous glucose monitoring systems;

• competition;

• inadequate financial and other resources; and

• global economic conditions.

Failure to comply with covenants in our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance LLC could result in our inability to borrow additional funds and adversely impact our business.

We have entered into a loan and security agreement with the Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance LLC to fund our business operations. This loan and security agreement imposes numerous financial and other restrictive covenants on our operations, including covenants relating to our general profitability and our liquidity. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with the covenants imposed by the loan and security agreement. If we violate these or any other covenants, any outstanding amounts under these agreements could become due and payable prior to their stated maturity dates, each lender could proceed against any collateral in our operating accounts and our ability to borrow funds in the future may be restricted or eliminated. These restrictions may also limit our ability to borrow additional funds and pursue other business opportunities or strategies that we would otherwise consider to be in our best interests.

The issuance of shares by us in the future or sales of shares by our stockholders may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

This issuance of shares by us in the future or sales of shares by our stockholders may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, perhaps significantly, even if our business is doing well. The market price of our common stock could also decline if there is a perception that sales of our shares are likely to occur in the future. This might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Also, we may issue securities in connection with future financings and acquisitions, and those shares could dilute the holdings of other stockholders. For example, pursuant to the terms of our acquisition of SweetSpot, we may be obligated to issue up to 267,880

42

shares of our common stock to the former security holders of SweetSpot following the achievement of certain performance milestones. We have not issued any shares of common stock for milestone payments in 2013.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future and the terms of our loan and security agreement restrict our ability to declare or pay any dividends. As a result, stockholders may only receive a return on their investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

Anti-takeover effects of our rights agreement, charter documents and Delaware law could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

We have a stockholder rights agreement in place, under which our stockholders have special rights, in the form of additional voting and beneficial ownership, in the event that a person or group not approved by our Board of Directors were to acquire, or to announce the intention to acquire 15% or more of our outstanding shares. This plan is designed to have the effect of discouraging, delaying or rendering more difficult an acquisition of us that has not been approved by our Board of Directors.

In addition, there are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions in the Delaware General Corporation Law, that may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control that might otherwise be beneficial to stockholders. For example:

• our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with special voting or economic rights;

• our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights and, therefore, each of our directors can only be elected by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock;

• a special meeting of stockholders may only be called by a majority of our Board of Directors, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

• our stockholders may not take action by written consent;

• our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, only one of which is elected each year; and

• we require advance notice for nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We maintain our headquarters in San Diego, California in two leased facilities of approximately 128,815 square feet, which includes our laboratory, research and development, manufacturing and general administration functions. The lease for these facilities expires in 2016. We have the right to extend the term of this lease for one period of five years. In July 2012, the FDA completed an inspection of our facilities and did not identify any observations or require any other types of corrective action. During a routine FDA post-approval facility inspection ending on November 7, 2013, the FDA made several observations regarding Dexcom Medical Device Reporting (MDR) procedures and complaint reportability determinations.  Dexcom responded to the observations on November 26, 2013. In September 2008, our subsidiary in Sweden entered into a three-year lease for a small shared office space, which was renewed for a three-year term and has a quarterly adjustment clause for rent to increase or decrease in proportion to changes in consumer prices. In July 2012, our subsidiary SweetSpot entered into a five-year lease for a small office space in a multi-tenant commercial building in Portland, Oregon.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On August 11, 2005, Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Abbott”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, seeking a declaratory judgment that our continuous glucose monitor infringes certain patents held by Abbott. In August 2005, we moved to dismiss these claims and filed requests for reexamination of the Abbott patents with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “Patent Office”) and by March 2006, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the four patents originally asserted against us in the litigation. On June 27, 2006, Abbott

43

amended its complaint to include three additional patents owned or licensed by Abbott which are allegedly infringed by our continuous glucose monitor. On August 18, 2006, the court granted our motion to stay the lawsuit pending reexamination by the Patent Office of each of the four patents originally asserted by Abbott, and the court dismissed one significant infringement claim. In approving the stay, the court also granted our motion to strike, or disallow, Abbott's amended complaint in which Abbott had sought to add three additional patents to the litigation. Subsequent to the court's August 18, 2006 order striking Abbott's amended complaint, Abbott filed a separate action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement of the three additional patents it had sought to include in the litigation discussed above. On September 7, 2006, we filed a motion to strike Abbott's new complaint on the grounds that it is redundant of claims Abbott already improperly attempted to inject into the original case, and because the original case is now stayed, Abbott must wait until the court lifts that stay before it can properly ask the court to consider these claims. Alternatively, we asked the court to consolidate the new case with the original case and thereby stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office. In February 2007, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the three patents cited in this new lawsuit. On September 30, 2007, the court granted our motion to consolidate the cases and stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office relating to all seven patents asserted against us.

On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a motion with the district court seeking to lift the stay of the two consolidated cases.  We filed an opposition to the motion on January 17, 2014, and Abbott filed a reply brief in support of its motion on January 29, 2014.  The court has taken the motion under submission, although it is not clear when it will issue a ruling. On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a new complaint for patent infringement.  In that complaint, Abbott alleges that our products, including our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM continuous glucose monitoring systems, infringe claims of United States Patent No. 8,175,673.  We filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2014.  On January 28, 2014, we also filed a motion to consolidate the newest case (case no. 1-13-cv-02105-GMS) with the first two cases (case nos.1:05-cv-00509-GMS and 1:06-cv-00514-GMS), and to stay the three cases pending conclusion of all pending reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office.

In connection with this litigation, two of the seven patents that are the subject of the litigation have reexamination requests on appeal at the Patent Office. Certificates of Reexamination were issued for five of the seven patents. In many of these reexamination proceedings, Abbott filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art we presented, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art we presented, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims.

In addition, since 2008, Abbott has copied claims from certain of our applications, and stated that it may seek to provoke an interference with certain of our pending applications in the Patent Office. If interference is declared and Abbott prevails in the interference, we would lose certain patent rights to the subject matter defined in the interference. Also since 2008, Abbott has filed 38 reexamination requests seeking to invalidate 31 of our patents. Three of the 38 reexamination requests are in various stages at the Patent Office, and 34 have been issued a Certificate of Reexamination (one Reexamination Request was denied). We have filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art presented in the reexaminations, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art presented in the reexaminations, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims. It is possible that the Patent Office may determine that some or all of the claims of our patents subject to the reexamination are invalid. Additionally, Abbott has filed an Opposition to six of our European patents, one of which was not defended and one of which was revoked.

Although it is our position that Abbott's assertions of infringement have no merit, and that the potential interference and reexamination requests by Abbott have no merit, neither the outcome of the litigation nor the amount and range of potential fees associated with the litigation, potential interference or reexamination requests can be assessed, and as of December 31, 2013, no amounts have been accrued.

We may be subject to additional various claims, complaints and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business. Other than as described above, we do not believe we are party to any currently pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial position. There can be no assurance that existing or future legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

44

DexCom’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DXCM.” As of February 17, 2014, there were approximately 60 stockholders of record, excluding stockholders whose shares were held in nominee or street name by brokers. We have not paid any cash dividends, do not currently have plans to do so in the foreseeable future and the terms of our loan and security agreement restrict our ability to declare or pay any dividends.

The following table sets forth the high and low intraday sales price per share for DexCom’s common stock for the periods indicated:

	High		Low
Year Ended December 31, 2013
First Quarter	$	17.16	$	13.69
Second Quarter	$	22.97	$	15.04
Third Quarter	$	29.24	$	21.76
Fourth Quarter	$	35.97	$	26.68
	High		Low
Year Ended December 31, 2012
First Quarter	$	11.90	$	8.64
Second Quarter	$	13.20	$	9.36
Third Quarter	$	15.08	$	10.65
Fourth Quarter	$	15.48	$	12.03

Neither we nor any affiliated purchaser repurchased any of our equity securities in fiscal year 2013.

The information required by this Item concerning shares reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement.

In connection with our acquisition of SweetSpot, we issued 384,483 shares of our common stock to the security holders of SweetSpot. Following the issuance, the resale of these shares was registered on a Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by us with the SEC on March 28, 2012. On June 27, 2012, we issued an additional 89,296 shares of our common stock to the former security holders of SweetSpot following the achievement of certain milestone objectives. Following the issuance, the resale of these shares of common stock was registered on a Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by us with the SEC on June 29, 2012.

45

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report. The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in millions, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Product revenue	$	157.1		$	93.0		$	65.9		$	40.2		$	18.0
Development grant and other revenue	2.9			6.9			10.4			8.4			11.7
Total revenue	160.0			99.9			76.3			48.6			29.7
Product cost of sales	58.1			48.3			36.6			26.1			18.2
Development and other cost of sales	1.8			5.0			3.8			4.1			7.8
Total cost of sales	59.9			53.3			40.4			30.2			26.0
Gross profit (deficit)	100.1			46.6			35.9			18.4			3.7
Operating expenses:
Research and development	44.8			38.3			29.6			22.0			13.3
Selling, general and administrative	84.2			64.0			51.1			41.7			36.2
Total operating expenses	129.0			102.3			80.7			63.7			49.5
Operating loss	(28.9		)	(55.7		)	(44.8		)	(45.3		)	(45.8		)
Interest and other income	—			0.1			0.1			0.1			0.3
Interest expense	(0.9		)	(0.2		)	—			(1.5		)	(8.0		)
Loss on debt extinguishment upon conversion of convertible debt	—			—			—			(8.5		)	—
Loss before income taxes	(29.8		)	(55.8		)	(44.7		)	(55.2		)	(53.5		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	—			(1.3		)	—			—			—
Net loss	$	(29.8	)	$	(54.5	)	$	(44.7	)	$	(55.2	)	$	(53.5	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)	$	(0.42	)	$	(0.79	)	$	(0.68	)	$	(0.97	)	$	(1.21	)
Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)	71.1			68.7			65.6			56.9			44.3
	As of December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in millions)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities	$	54.6		$	48.7		$	82.0		$	47.1		$	28.0
Working capital	61.0			58.1			89.8			50.2			18.1
Total assets	122.5			106.0			120.5			77.2			46.9
Long term obligations	6.3			9.5			1.3			1.0			46.6
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	84.1			77.0			104.5			61.0			(18.4		)

(1) See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

46

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document, including the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. These forward-looking statements fall within the meaning of the federal securities laws that relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including product performance, a lack of acceptance in the marketplace by physicians and customers, insufficient customer demand, the inability to manufacture products in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, possible delays in our research and development programs, the inability of customers to receive reimbursements from third-party payors, the impact of competitive products and pricing, our ability to obtain regulatory approvals and introduce new products, other uncertainties related to regulatory processes, our ability to respond to changing laws and regulations affecting our industry and changing enforcement practices related thereto, inadequate financial and other resources, global economic conditions, and the other risks set forth below under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. We assume no obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these forward-looking statements to actual results.

Overview

We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring systems for ambulatory use by people with diabetes and for use by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of people with and without diabetes. The majority of our product revenue comes from sales of our G4 PLATINUM ambulatory continuous glucose monitoring system, which we began commercializing in the fourth quarter of 2012. We also have received CE Mark approval for the GlucoClear in-hospital system, and in partnership with Edwards, we initiated a very limited launch of the first generation GlucoClear system in Europe in 2009 and Edwards initiated another limited launch in Europe of the second generation GlucoClear system in 2013.

From inception to 2006, we devoted substantially all of our resources to start-up activities, raising capital and research and development, including product design, testing, manufacturing and clinical trials. Since 2006, we have devoted considerable resources to the commercialization of our ambulatory continuous glucose monitoring systems, including the SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM, as well as the continued research and clinical development of our technology platform.

As of December 31, 2013, we generated $431.1 million of product and development grant and other (non-product) revenue, and we have incurred net losses in each year since our inception in May 1999. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million. We expect our losses to continue as we proceed with our commercialization and research and development activities. We have financed our operations primarily through offerings of equity securities and debt. In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement that provides for up to $35.0 million in credit facilities and term loans, with $28.0 million currently available. In July 2013, we were awarded a $4.0 million grant from the Helmsley Trust to accelerate the development of the sixth generation of our advanced glucose-sensing technologies.

Financial Operations

Revenue

We expect that revenues we generate from the sales of our products will fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Between 2008 and 2012, we entered into joint development and collaboration agreements with Animas and Tandem, as well as other third parties under agreements that have since expired, under which we recognized development grant and other revenue received pursuant to that agreement ratably over the term of the development period. We recognize development milestones associated with each agreement as revenue upon achievement of each milestone if the milestone is considered substantive.

Cost of Sales

Product cost of sales includes direct labor and materials costs related to each product sold or produced, including assembly, test labor and scrap, as well as factory overhead supporting our manufacturing operations. Factory overhead includes facilities, material procurement and control, manufacturing engineering, quality assurance, supervision and management. These costs are primarily salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation, facility expense, supplies and purchased services. A large portion of our costs are currently fixed due to our moderate level of production volumes compared to our potential capacity. All

47

of our manufacturing costs are included in product cost of sales. Development and other cost of sales consists primarily of salaries, fringe, facilities, and supplies directly attributable to our development contracts.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering and research expenses related to our continuous glucose monitoring technology, clinical trials, regulatory expenses, quality assurance programs, materials and products for clinical trials. Research and development expenses are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, fringe benefits, share-based compensation, and temporary employee expenses. We also incur significant expenses to operate our clinical trials including clinical site reimbursement, clinical trial product and associated travel expenses. Our research and development expenses also include fees for design services, contractors and development materials.

Selling, General and Administrative

Our selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salary, fringe benefits and share-based compensation for our executive, financial, sales, marketing and administrative functions. Other significant expenses include trade show expenses, sales samples, insurance, professional fees for our outside legal counsel and independent auditors, litigation expenses, patent application expenses and consulting expenses.

Results of Operations

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to December 31, 2012

Revenue, Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Product revenue increased$64.1 million to $157.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $93.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 based primarily on increased sales volume, due, in part, to the commercial launch in October 2012 of the G4 PLATINUM system. Product cost of sales increased$9.8 million to $58.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $48.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to increased sales volume. The product gross profit of $99.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013increased$54.3 million compared to $44.7 million for the same period in 2012, primarily due to increased revenue, and the greater sales mix of our higher margin G4 PLATINUM system compared to our SEVEN PLUS system.

Development grant and other revenues decreased$4.0 million to $2.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $6.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. Development and other cost of sales decreased$3.2 million to $1.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $5.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in revenues associated with development was primarily due to the termination of the Roche Agreement in February 2013, and the completion of development activities under the Collaboration Agreement with Edwards in the fourth quarter of 2012. The decrease in costs associated with development was primarily due to fewer development obligations during the period with respect to our collaboration and development arrangements.

Research and Development. Research and development expense increased$6.5 million to $44.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $38.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to increased development efforts for our ambulatory products. Significant elements of increased research and development expense included $3.0 million in additional salaries, bonus, and payroll related costs and $2.5 million in additional share-based compensation.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense increased$20.2 million to $84.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $64.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to higher selling and information technology costs to support revenue growth and the continued commercialization of our products. Significant elements of increased selling, general, and administrative expenses included $7.3 million in additional salaries, bonus, and payroll related costs, $3.4 million in additional share-based compensation costs, $3.2 million in additional sales commissions, and $1.5 million in additional bad debt expense.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $0.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $0.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to increased debt obligations under the loan and security agreement we entered into in November 2012.

Income Tax Benefit. Income tax benefit was $12,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in income tax benefit was due to the acquisition of SweetSpot during the first quarter of 2012 and the release of the valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets.

48

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to December 31, 2011

Revenue, Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Product revenues increased $27.1 million to $93.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $65.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 based primarily on increased sales volume of our durable systems and disposable sensors, due in part to the launch of the G4 PLATINUM system in the fourth quarter of 2012. Product cost of sales increased $11.7 million to $48.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $36.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The product gross profit of $44.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 increased $15.4 million compared to $29.3 million for the same period in 2011, primarily due to increased revenue.

Development grant and other revenues decreased $3.5 million to $6.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $10.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. Development and other cost of sales increased $1.2 million to $5.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 compared to $3.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in development grant and other revenues during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was due to the $4.0 million milestone payment received from Animas for CE Mark approval in June 2011 and by extended revenue recognition timelines related to longer than expected development and regulatory review timelines under our collaboration arrangements with Edwards. The increase in costs associated with development was primarily due to additional development obligations during the year with respect to our collaboration arrangements.

Research and Development. Research and development expense increased $8.7 million to $38.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $29.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to increased development efforts for our future generation ambulatory products and by decreased activity with respect to our development and collaboration agreements. Major elements of increased research and development costs include $3.2 million in additional salaries, bonus, and payroll related costs, $1.8 million in additional share-based compensation and $1.6 million in additional consulting costs.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expense increased $12.9 million to $64.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $51.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to higher selling, marketing, and information technology costs to support revenue growth and the continued commercialization of our products. Major elements of increased selling, general, and administrative expenses include $3.7 million in higher salaries, bonus, and payroll related costs, $2.7 million in higher share-based compensation, and $1.8 million in higher sales commissions.

Interest and Other Income. Interest and other income was $0.1 million for each of the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $0.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $11,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the loan and security agreement we entered into in November 2012.

Income Tax Benefit. Income tax benefit was $1.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to none for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in income tax benefit was primarily due to the acquisition of SweetSpot and the release of the valuation allowance against some of our deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We are in the early commercialization stage and have incurred losses since our inception in May 1999. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million and had working capital of $61.0 million. Our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaled $54.6 million, excluding $1.0 million in restricted cash. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through offerings of equity securities and debt.

In July 2013, we were awarded a $4.0 million grant (the "Helmsley Grant") from the Leona M. and Harry B. Helmsley Charitable Trust (the "Helmsley Trust") to accelerate the development of the sixth generation of our advanced glucose-sensing technologies (the "Gen 6 Sensor"). The funding is milestone based and is contingent upon our meeting specific development milestones related to the Gen 6 Sensor over the next several years. Upon the successful commercialization of the Gen 6 Sensor, we are obligated to either (1) make royalty payments of up to $2.0 million per year for four years, or (2) at our sole election, make a one-time $6.0 million royalty payment.

Net Cash Provided by/Used in Operating Activities. Net cash used in operating activities decreased $35.5 million to $2.4 million provided for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $33.1 million used for the same period in 2012.

49

The decrease in cash used in operations was primarily due to $24.7 million in lower net loss, and $8.4 million in higher non-cash charges primarily comprised of share-based compensation, partially offset by a one-time non-cash tax benefit of $1.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

Net cash used in operating activities increased $3.0 million to $33.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $30.1 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to $9.8 million in higher net loss, offset by $8.4 million in higher non-cash charges primarily comprised of share-based compensation and depreciation and amortization. Higher non-cash charges were offset by a one-time non-cash tax benefit of $1.3 million. Also included in net loss were $3.0 million of non-cash charges for excess and obsolete inventory and accelerated depreciation on manufacturing equipment related to the approval and launch of our next generation G4 PLATINUM system.

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities. Net cash provided by investing activities decreased $7.5 million to $20.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $28.4 million for the same period of 2012. The decrease in cash provided by investing activities was due to a $59.2 million decrease in proceeds from the maturity of short-term marketable securities, offset by a $50.1 million decrease in cash used to purchase short-term marketable securities.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $28.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $46.4 million used in investing activities for the same period of 2011. The increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to $36.3 million decrease in cash used to purchase available-for-sale marketable securities and by $40.0 million increase in proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale marketable securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we invested $7.9 million, $9.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively, to purchase equipment to support manufacturing improvements.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities increased $1.6 million to $11.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, compared to $10.2 million for the same period of 2012. The increase was due to increased proceeds from the issuance of common stock pursuant to the exercise of then-outstanding stock options for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $64.0 million to $10.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, compared to $74.2 million for the same period of 2011. The decrease was primarily due to the approximately $3.6 million in net proceeds generated by the sale of common stock for the twelve months ending December 31, 2012 compared to approximately $74.7 million in the same period of 2011, offset by net proceeds of $6.6 million from the loan and security agreement entered into during the twelve months ending December 31, 2012 compared to none in the same period of 2011.

Operating Capital and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses as we incur expenses and expand the commercialization of our approved products, develop additional continuous glucose monitoring products, and expand our marketing, manufacturing and corporate infrastructure.

We believe that our cash, cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities balances, and projected cash contributions from existing partnership arrangements will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements with respect to the continued scale-up of our commercialization activities, research and development activities, including clinical trials, the expansion of our marketing, manufacturing and corporate infrastructure, and to meet our other anticipated cash needs through at least December 31, 2014. If our available cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, or if we develop additional products, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain an additional credit facility. The sale of additional equity and debt securities may result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently forecasted amounts. Any such required additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. Additionally, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining additional cash contributions from future partnership arrangements. Our ability to transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not meet our operating plan as expected, or if we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be required to reduce planned increases in compensation related expenses or other operating expenses related to research, development, and commercialization activities, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives.

50

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of continuous glucose monitoring technologies, we are unable to estimate the exact amounts of capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated clinical trials. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

• the revenue generated by sales of our approved products and other future products;

• the expenses we incur in manufacturing, developing, selling and marketing our products;

• the quality levels of our products and services;

• the third-party reimbursement of our products for our customers;

• our ability to efficiently scale our manufacturing operations to meet demand for our current and any future products;

• the costs, timing and risks of delays of additional regulatory approvals;

• the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights, including, but not limited to, defending the patent infringement lawsuit filed against us by Abbott;

• the rate of progress and cost of our clinical trials and other development activities;

• the success of our research and development efforts;

• the emergence of competing or complementary technological developments;

• the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish; and

• the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies.

On March 6, 2012, we acquired SweetSpot. Through our acquisition of SweetSpot, we have a software platform that enables our customers to aggregate and analyze data from certain diabetes devices and to share it with their healthcare providers. In November 2011, SweetSpot received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market to clinics a data management service, which helps healthcare providers and patients see, understand and use blood glucose meter data to diagnose and manage diabetes. SweetSpot’s data transfer service is registered with the FDA as a MDDS and allows researchers to control the transfer of data from certain diabetes devices to research tools and databases according to their own research workflows. SweetSpot’s software provides an advanced cloud-based platform for uploading, processing and delivering health data and transforms raw output from certain medical devices into useful information for healthcare providers, users and researchers.

Contractual Obligations

In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) that provides for (i) a $15.0 million revolving line of credit and (ii) a total term loan of up to $20.0 million (the "Term Loan"), in both cases, to be used for general corporate purposes. The borrowings under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets with a negative pledge on our intellectual property.

The revolving line of credit is an interest-only financing that bears an interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% and requires repayment of principal at the maturity date of November 2015. Available funds, up to the borrowing base of 80% of eligible accounts receivables, under the revolving line of credit can be drawn at any time, and repaid funds can be redrawn. No amounts have been drawn against the revolving line of credit.

Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, $7.0 million was advanced under the Term Loan at the funding date in November 2012. The Loan Agreement initially provided that the remaining $13.0 million in additional funds under the Term Loan would be available upon our request from June 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013 (the "Draw Period"). In August 2013, we amended the Loan Agreement to change the Draw Period to January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014. The Term Loan bears a fixed interest rate equal to the three-year treasury rate at the time of advance plus 6.94% and requires payment of interest only for the first year and amortized payments of interest and principal thereafter through the maturity date of November 2016.

In April 2006, we entered into an office lease agreement for facilities located in San Diego, California. In connection with the lease, we entered into a $0.7 million letter of credit to secure future payments under the lease and paid a security deposit in the amount of $0.1 million in April 2006. In August 2010, we entered into a First Amendment to Office Lease (the “Lease Amendment”) with respect to facilities in the buildings at 6340 Sequence Drive and 6310 Sequence Drive, each in San Diego, California (the “Buildings”). Under the Lease Amendment, we have leased approximately 128,815 square feet of space in the Buildings. The lease term for the Buildings extends through November 2016 and we have an option to renew the lease upon the expiration of the initial term for an additional five years. In September 2008, our subsidiary in Sweden entered into a three year lease for a small shared office space, which was renewed for a three-year term and has a quarterly adjustment clause for rent to increase or decrease in proportion to changes in consumer prices. In July 2012, our subsidiary SweetSpot entered into a five year lease for a small office space in a multi-tenant commercial building in Portland, Oregon. Excluding real estate taxes and

51

operating costs, we are required to make total future monthly payments for all of our real estate obligations for the period from January 2014 through August 2017 totaling $8.0 million.

We are party to various purchase arrangements related to components used in manufacturing and research and development activities. As of December 31, 2013, we had purchase commitments with certain vendors totaling approximately $16.2 million due within one year. There are no material purchase commitments due beyond one year.

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in millions):

Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
Operating leases	$	8.0	$	2.7	$	5.3	$	—	$	—
Long-term debt	6.8		2.2		4.6		—		—
Purchase commitments	16.2		16.2		—		—		—
Total	$	31.0	$	21.1	$	9.9	$	—	$	—

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not engaged in any off-balance sheet activities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are most critical to a full understanding and evaluation of our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

We sell our durable systems and disposable units through a direct sales force in the United States and through distribution arrangements in the United States, Australia, New Zealand, and in portions of Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. Components are individually priced and can be purchased separately or together. We receive payment directly from customers who use our products, as well as from distributors, organizations and third-party payors. Our durable system includes a reusable transmitter, a receiver, a power cord, data management software and a USB cable. Disposable sensors for use with the durable system are sold separately in packages of four. The initial durable system price is not dependent upon the purchase of any amount of disposable sensors.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue on product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, which is when title and the risk of loss have been transferred to the customer and there are no other post shipment obligations. With respect to customers who directly pay for products, the products are generally paid for at the time of shipment using a customer’s credit card and do not include customer acceptance provisions. We recognize revenue from contracted insurance payors based on the contracted rate. For non-contracted insurance payors, we obtain prior authorization from the payor and recognize revenue based on the estimated collectible amount and historical experience. We also receive a prescription or statement of medical necessity and, for insurance reimbursement customers, an assignment of benefits prior to shipment.

We have entered into distribution agreements with Edgepark, Byram and other distributors that allow the distributors to sell our durable systems and disposable units. Revenue on product sales to distributors is generally recognized at the time of shipment, which is when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the distributor and there are no other post-shipment obligations. Revenue is recognized based on contracted prices and invoices are either paid by check following the issuance of a

52

purchase order or letter of credit, or they are paid by wire at the time of placing the order. Terms of distributor orders are generally Freight on Board (“FOB”) shipping point (Free Carrier (“FCA”) shipping point for international orders). Distributors do not have rights of return per their distribution agreement outside of our standard warranty. The distributors typically have a limited time frame to notify us of any missing, damaged, defective or non-conforming products. For any such products, we shall either, at our option, replace the portion of defective or non-conforming product at no additional cost to the distributor or cancel the order and refund any portion of the price paid to us at that time for the sale in question.

We shipped product directly to certain distributors’ customers and recognized $23.4 million, $15.9 million and $14.5 million in revenue from these direct shipments, which represents 15%, 16% and 19% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. With respect to other distributors that stock inventory of our product and fulfill orders from their inventory, we shipped product to these distributors and recognized $70.5 million, $30.7 million and $17.7 million in revenue from these arrangements, which represents 44%, 31% and 23% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We monitor shipments to, and on-hand inventory levels of, these distributors, and at December 31, 2013, these distributors had limited amounts of our product in their inventory.

We have collaborative license and development arrangements with strategic partners for the development and commercialization of products utilizing our technologies. The terms of these agreements typically include multiple deliverables by us (for example, license rights, provision of research and development services and manufacture of clinical materials) in exchange for consideration to us of some combination of non-refundable license fees, funding of research and development activities, payments based upon achievement of clinical development milestones and royalties in the form of a designated percentage of product sales or profits. With the exception of royalties, these types of consideration are classified as development grant and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations and are generally recognized over the service period except for substantive milestone payments, which are generally recognized when the milestone is achieved. In determining whether each milestone is substantive, we considered whether the consideration earned by achieving the milestone should (i) be commensurate with either (a) our performance to achieve the milestone or (b) the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) relate solely to past performance and (iii) be reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. We recognize royalties as product revenue in the period in which we obtain the royalty report, which is necessary to determine the amount of royalties we are entitled to receive.

Non-refundable license fees are recognized as revenue when we have a contractual right to receive such payment, the contract price is fixed or determinable, the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations under the license agreement. Multiple element arrangements, such as license, development and other multiple element service arrangements, are analyzed to determine how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting, or whether they must be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

For transactions containing multiple element arrangements, we consider deliverables as separate units of accounting and recognize deliverables as revenue upon delivery only if (i) the deliverable has standalone value and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is probable and substantially controlled by us. We allocate consideration to the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, in which allocation of consideration is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), or if VSOE and TPE are not available, management’s best estimate of a standalone selling price for elements.

We use judgment in estimating the value allocable to the deliverables in an agreement based on our estimate of the fair value or relative selling price attributable to the related deliverables and the consideration from such an agreement is typically recognized as product revenue or development grant and other revenue. For arrangements that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting, total payments under the arrangement are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period we expect to complete our performance obligations. We review the estimated period of our performance obligations on a periodic basis and update the recognition period as appropriate. The cumulative amount of revenue earned is limited to the cumulative amount of payments we are entitled to as of the period ending date.

If we cannot reasonably estimate when our performance obligation either ceases or becomes inconsequential, then revenue is deferred until we can reasonably estimate when the performance obligation ceases or becomes inconsequential. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance. Deferred revenue amounts are classified as current liabilities to the extent that revenue is expected to be recognized within one year.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement.

53

Share-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, non-employee directors, and consultants including employee stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan based on estimated fair values. We use the grant date fair value of our common stock for valuing restricted stock unit awards. Our determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by our stock price. We recorded $24.6 million, $18.4 million and $13.5 million in share-based compensation expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013, unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units totaled $42.8 million and are expected to be recognized through 2017. We issued performance restricted stock units (the “Performance Awards”) in connection with our acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012. The performance targets for these Performance Awards are tied to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for fiscal years 2013 and 2014. We recognize expense for the Performance Awards when it is probable that the EBITDA targets will be met. At December 31, 2013, we had $1.3 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the Performance Awards. Compensation costs will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value on a part-by-part basis that approximates first in, first out. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete and potential scrapped inventories. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data, and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Once written down the adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Warranty Accrual

Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment. We estimate future warranty costs by analyzing the timing, cost and amount of returned product. Assumptions and historical warranty experience are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of such assumptions.

Fair Value Measurements

We base the fair value of our Level 1 financial instruments that are in active markets using quoted market prices for identical instruments. Our Level 1 financial instruments include certificates of deposit.

We obtain the fair value of our Level 2 financial instruments, which are not in active markets, from a primary professional pricing source using quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of quoted prices in active markets. Fair value obtained from this professional pricing source can also be based on pricing models whereby all significant observable inputs, including maturity dates, issue dates, settlement date, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issue spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers or other market related data, are observable or can be derived from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset.

We validate the quoted market prices provided by our primary pricing service by comparing the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our primary pricing service against the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our investment managers.

Certain contingent consideration liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they use unobservable inputs. For those liabilities, fair value is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs which, which include the probability and timing of achievement and the estimated discount rate, are not observable in the market.

Recent Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, we adopted the FASB authoritative guidance for Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI"), which requires an entity to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of AOCI and to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Other than additional disclosure requirements, the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Reclassifications out of AOCI for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were not material.

54

In July 2013, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this guidance at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal year 2014, and do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related financial statement disclosures.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including money market funds, U.S. Treasury debt and corporate debt securities. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we believe that we have no material exposure to interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

To date we have recorded no product sales in other than U.S. dollars. We have only limited business transactions in foreign currencies. We do not currently engage in hedging or similar transactions to reduce our foreign currency risks. We believe we have no material exposure to risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates at this time. We will continue to monitor and evaluate our internal processes relating to foreign currency exchange, including the potential use of hedging strategies.

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The information required is set forth under “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Consolidated Balance Sheets,” “Consolidated Statements of Operations,” “Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss,” “Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity,” “Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows” and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” on pages F-2 to F-27 of this annual report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 require public companies to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and timely communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date for this purpose.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed

55

to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the 1992 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, our management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, believes that, as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP an independent Public Registered Accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have been filed as Exhibits 31.01 and 31.02 to this report.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls

It should be noted that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. The design of any control system is based, in part, upon the benefits of the control system relative to its costs. Control systems can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. In addition, over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of DexCom, Inc.

We have audited DexCom, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). DexCom, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

56

In our opinion, DexCom, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of DexCom, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of DexCom, Inc. and our report dated February 20, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

February 20, 2014

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

57

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information concerning our directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors.”

The information concerning our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Officers.”

The information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

We have adopted a written code of ethics for financial employees that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other employees of the finance department designated by our Chief Financial Officer. This code of ethics, titled the “Code of Conduct and Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Finance Personnel,” is publicly available on our Internet website at http://investor.shareholder.com/dexcom/governance.cfm. The information contained on our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this Report on Form 10-K.

The information concerning the audit committee of the Board of Directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement.

The information concerning material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item concerning executive compensation and our Compensation Committee is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Principal Stockholders and Stock Ownership by Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item with respect to director independence is incorporated by reference to information set forth in the Proxy Statement.

The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions required by the Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Certain Transactions.”

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information concerning principal accountant fees and services required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section in our Proxy Statement entitled “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

58

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:

1. Financial Statements. The financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report are incorporated by reference.

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

For the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2013—Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, the financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report are incorporated by reference.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Incorporated by Reference			Exhibit Number	Provided Herewith
		Form	File No.	Date of First Filing
3.01	Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation.	S-1/A	333-122454	March 3, 2005	3.03
3.02	Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws.	8-K	000-51222	March 23, 2011	99.01
4.01	Form of Specimen Certificate for Registrant’s common stock.	S-1/A	333-122454	March 24, 2005	4.01
4.02	Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 30, 2004.	S-1	333-122454	February 1, 2005	4.02
4.03	Form of Rights Agreement, between DexCom, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, including the Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Summary of Stock Purchase Rights and Forms of Right Certificate attached thereto as Exhibit A, B and C, respectively.	S-1/A	000-51222	March 24, 2005	4.03
10.01	Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.	S-1	333-122454	February 1, 2005	10.01
10.02	1999 Stock Option Plan and related agreements.*	S-1	333-122454	February 1, 2005	10.02
10.03	2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreements.*	S-1/A	000-51222	March 24, 2005	10.03
10.04	2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of subscription agreement.*	S-1/A	000-51222	March 24, 2005	10.04
10.05	Agreement Regarding Terms of Sale dated May 23, 2003 between AMI Semiconductor, Inc. and DexCom, Inc.**	S-1/A	333-122454	April 5, 2005	10.10
10.06	Offer letter between DexCom, Inc. and Jorge Valdes dated October 16, 2005.*	10-K	000-51222	February 27, 2006	10.14
10.07	Office Lease Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, between DexCom, Inc. and Kilroy Realty, L.P.	8-K	000-51222	April 7, 2006	99.01
10.08	Offer letter between DexCom, Inc. and Steven R. Pacelli dated April 10, 2006.*	8-K	000-51222	April 13, 2006	99.01

59

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Incorporated by Reference			Exhibit Number	Provided Herewith
		Form	File No.	Date of First Filing
10.09	Collaboration Agreement, dated November 10, 2008 between DexCom, Inc. and Edwards Lifesciences LLC.**	8-K/A	000-51222	January 28, 2009	10.1
10.10	Amended and Restated Joint Development Agreement, dated January 12, 2009, between DexCom, Inc. and Animas Corporation.**	8-K/A	000-51222	January 28, 2009	10.1
10.11	OUS Commercialization Agreement, dated January 12, 2009, between DexCom, Inc. and Animas Corporation.**	8-K/A	000-51222	January 28, 2009	10.2
10.12	Form of Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control & Severance Agreement.*	10-K	000-51222	March 5, 2009	10.20
10.13	Amended and Restated Offer Letter Agreement dated December 19, 2008 between DexCom, Inc. and Terrance H. Gregg.*	10-K	000-51222	March 5, 2009	10.21
10.14	Letter Agreement, between Edwards Lifesciences LLC and DexCom, Inc., dated May 5, 2009.	10-Q	000-51222	August 3, 2009	10.22
10.15	Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated April 30, 2008.**	10-Q	000-51222	August 3, 2009	10.23
10.16	Letter of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Joint Development Agreement, between Animas Corporation and DexCom, Inc., dated July 30, 2009.**	10-Q	000-51222	November 4, 2009	10.24
10.17	Amendment No. 1 to the Commercialization Agreements, between Animas Corporation and DexCom, Inc., dated July 30, 2009.**	10-Q	000-51222	November 4, 2009	10.25
10.18	Amended and Restated Development, Manufacturing, Licensing and Supply Agreement, between DSM PTG, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated February 19, 2010.**	10-K	000-51222	March 9, 2010	10.25
10.19	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.	10-Q	000-51222	May 5, 2010	10.26
10.20	First Amendment to Office Lease between DexCom, Inc. and Kilroy Realty, L.P., dated August 18, 2010.	10-Q	000-51222	November 4, 2010	10.27
10.21	2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.*	10-Q	000-51222	May 3, 2011	10.25
10.22	Amendment Number One to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated March 29, 2011.**	10-Q/A	000-51222	July 1, 2011	10.26
10.23	Amendment No. 2 to the OUS Commercialization Agreement, between Animas Corporation and DexCom, Inc., dated June 7, 2011.**	10-Q	000-51222	August 3, 2011	10.27
10.24	Offer letter between DexCom, Inc. and Kevin Sayer dated May 3, 2011.*	10-Q	000-51222	August 3, 2011	10.28
10.25	Research and Development Agreement, between Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. and DexCom, Inc. dated November 1, 2011.**	10-K	000-51222	February 23, 2012	10.26

60

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Incorporated by Reference			Exhibit Number	Provided Herewith
		Form	File No.	Date of First Filing
10.26	Loan and Security Agreement by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Oxford Finance LLC, DexCom, Inc. and SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc. dated November 1, 2012.	10-K	000-51222	February 21, 2013	10.26
10.27	Amendment Number Two to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated March 28, 2013.**	10-Q	000-51222	May 1, 2013	10.27
10.28	Amendment Number Three to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between RGH Enterprises, Inc. and DexCom, Inc., dated December 4, 2013.**					X
10.29	Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement between Dexcom, Inc. and Diabetes Specialty Center, LLC dated October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010, October 11, 2011, November 14, 2012 and November 1, 2013.**					X
21.01	List of Subsidiaries.					X
23.01	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.					X
24.01	Power of Attorney. (See page 62 of this Form 10-K).					X
31.01	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).					X
31.02	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).					X
32.01	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).***					X
32.02	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b).***					X
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document					X
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document					X
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document					X
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document					X
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document					X
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document					X

*	Represents a management contract or compensatory plan.
**	Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions of this document pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such portions are omitted from this filing and were filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
***	This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that DexCom specifically incorporates it by reference.

61

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	DEXCOM, INC. (Registrant)
Dated: February 20, 2014	By:	/S/    JESS ROPER
		Jess Roper, Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Terrance Gregg and Jess Roper, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/S/    TERRANCE GREGG	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	February 20, 2014
Terrance Gregg
/S/    KEVIN SAYER	President, Chief Operating Officer and Director	February 20, 2014
Kevin Sayer
/S/    JESS ROPER	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	February 20, 2014
Jess Roper
/S/    JONATHAN LORD	Chairman of the Board of Directors	February 20, 2014
Jonathan Lord, M.D.
/S/    STEVE ALTMAN	Director	February 20, 2014
Steve Altman
/S/    NICHOLAS AUGUSTINOS	Director	February 20, 2014
Nicholas Augustinos
/S/    BARBARA KAHN	Director	February 20, 2014
Barbara Kahn
/S/    JAY SKYLER	Director	February 20, 2014
Jay Skyler, M.D.
/S/    ERIC TOPOL	Director	February 20, 2014
Eric Topol, M.D.

62

DEXCOM, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of DexCom, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DexCom, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of DexCom, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), DexCom, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated February 20, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

February 20, 2014

F-2

DexCom, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions—except par value data)

	As of December 31,
	2013			2012
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	43.2		$	8.1
Short-term marketable securities, available-for-sale	11.4			40.6
Accounts receivable, net	26.1			19.5
Inventory	9.0			7.4
Prepaid and other current assets	3.4			2.0
Total current assets	93.1			77.6
Property and equipment, net	20.7			18.9
Restricted cash	1.0			1.0
Intangible assets, net	3.6			4.2
Goodwill	3.2			3.2
Other assets	0.9			1.1
Total assets	$	122.5		$	106.0
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	14.1		$	8.7
Accrued payroll and related expenses	15.1			9.2
Current portion of long-term debt	2.2			0.2
Current portion of deferred revenue	0.7			1.4
Total current liabilities	32.1			19.5
Other liabilities	1.7			2.1
Long-term debt, net of current portion	4.6			6.8
Long-term portion of deferred revenue	—			0.6
Total liabilities	38.4			29.0
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively	—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100.0 authorized; 72.8 and 72.5 issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2013; and 69.7 and 69.5 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2012	0.1			0.1
Additional paid-in capital	559.5			522.6
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(0.1		)	(0.1		)
Accumulated deficit	(475.4		)	(445.6		)
Total stockholders’ equity	84.1			77.0
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	122.5		$	106.0

See accompanying notes

F-3

DexCom, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions—except per share data)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Product revenue	$	157.1		$	93.0		$	65.9
Development grant and other revenue	2.9			6.9			10.4
Total revenue	160.0			99.9			76.3
Product cost of sales	58.1			48.3			36.6
Development and other cost of sales	1.8			5.0			3.8
Total cost of sales	59.9			53.3			40.4
Gross profit	100.1			46.6			35.9
Operating expenses
Research and development	44.8			38.3			29.6
Selling, general and administrative	84.2			64.0			51.1
Total operating expenses	129.0			102.3			80.7
Operating loss	(28.9		)	(55.7		)	(44.8		)
Interest and other income	—			0.1			0.1
Interest expense	(0.9		)	(0.2		)	—
Loss before income taxes	(29.8		)	(55.8		)	(44.7		)
Income tax expense (benefit)	—			(1.3		)	—
Net loss	$	(29.8	)	$	(54.5	)	$	(44.7	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.42	)	$	(0.79	)	$	(0.68	)
Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	71.1			68.7			65.6

See accompanying notes

F-4

DexCom, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In millions)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(29.8	)	$	(54.5	)	$	(44.7	)
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term available-for-sale marketable securities	—			—			—
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)	—			—			(0.1		)
Comprehensive loss	$	(29.8	)	$	(54.5	)	$	(44.8	)

See accompanying notes

F-5

DexCom, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

(In millions—except per share data)

	Common stock			Additional paid-in capital		Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)			Accumulated deficit			Total stockholders’ equity
	Shares	Amount
Balance at December 31, 2010	62.1	$	0.1	$	407.4	$	(0.1	)	$	(346.4	)	$	61.0
Issuance of stock in follow-on offering in May 2011 at $15.19 per share for cash, net of offering costs of $0.2	4.7	—		71.2		—			—			71.2
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	0.6	—		2.2		—			—			2.2
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	0.1	—		1.3		—			—			1.3
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	—	—		13.5		—			—			13.5
Net loss	—	—		—		—			(44.7		)	(44.7		)
Balance at December 31, 2011	67.5	0.1		495.6		(0.1		)	(391.1		)	104.5
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	1.3	—		2.1		—			—			2.1
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	0.2	—		1.5		—			—			1.5
Issuance of common stock for SweetSpot acquisition and milestone	0.5	—		5.0		—			—			5.0
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	—	—		18.4		—			—			18.4
Net loss	—	—		—		—			(54.5		)	(54.5		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	69.5	0.1		522.6		(0.1		)	(445.6		)	77.0
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	2.8	—		10.2		—			—			10.2
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	0.2	—		1.9		—			—			1.9
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	—	—		24.8		—			—			24.8
Net loss	—	—		—		—			(29.8		)	(29.8		)
Balance at December 31, 2013	72.5	$	0.1	$	559.5	$	(0.1	)	$	(475.4	)	$	84.1

See accompanying notes

F-6

DexCom, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities
Net loss	$	(29.8	)	$	(54.5	)	$	(44.7	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	7.0			6.6			3.8
Share-based compensation	24.6			18.4			13.5
Accretion and amortization related to marketable securities, net	0.3			0.8			0.9
Amortization of debt issuance costs	0.4			0.1			—
Release of valuation allowance against deferred tax assets	—			(1.3		)	—
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	2.5			0.7			—
Other non-cash expenses	0.2			—			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(6.5		)	(7.0		)	(5.9		)
Inventory	(1.6		)	0.7			(0.1		)
Prepaid and other assets	(1.4		)	(0.8		)	1.2
Restricted cash	—			(0.1		)	0.8
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2.4			0.3			1.0
Accrued payroll and related expenses	5.8			2.4			1.1
Deferred revenue	(1.2		)	0.1			(1.6		)
Deferred rent and other liabilities	(0.3		)	0.5			(0.1		)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	2.4			(33.1		)	(30.1		)

F-7

Investing activities
Purchase of available-for-sale marketable securities	(16.3		)	(66.4		)	(102.7		)
Proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale marketable securities	45.1			104.3			64.3
Purchase of property and equipment	(7.9		)	(9.5		)	(8.0		)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	20.9			28.4			(46.4		)
Financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	12.0			3.6			74.7
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	—			6.6			—
Repayment of long-term debt	(0.2		)	—			—
Repayment of equipment loan	—			—			(0.5		)
Net cash provided by financing activities	11.8			10.2			74.2
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	35.1			5.5			(2.3		)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	8.1			2.6			4.9
Cash and cash equivalents, ending of period	$	43.2		$	8.1		$	2.6
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for interest	$	0.5		$	—		$	—
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition and contingent consideration	$	—		$	6.1		$	—

See accompanying notes

F-8

DexCom, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Business

DexCom, Inc. is a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring (“CGM”) systems for ambulatory use by people with diabetes and by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of people with and without diabetes. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “DexCom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and have an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million at December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had available cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaling $54.6 million, excluding $1.0 million of restricted cash, and working capital of $61.0 million. Our ability to transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not meet our operating plan as expected, we may be required to reduce planned increases in compensation related expenses or other operating expenses which could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives. We believe our working capital resources will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least December 31, 2014.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements and notes to conform to the current year presentation. During 2013, we began classifying patent costs within general and administrative expense. Historically, we had included such costs in research and development. We reclassified amounts previously reported in the 2012 and 2011 Consolidated Statements of Operations to conform to current classification totaling $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DexCom and our wholly owned subsidiaries, DexCom AB and SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc. (“SweetSpot”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Segment Reporting

An operating segment is identified as a component of a business that has discrete financial information available, and one for which the chief operating decision maker must decide the level of resource allocation. In addition, the guidance for segment reporting indicates certain quantitative thresholds. The operations of SweetSpot, our subsidiary, does not meet the definition of an operating segment and are currently not material, but may become material in the future. We currently consider our operations to be, and manage our business as, one operating segment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include excess or obsolete inventories, valuation of inventory, warranty accruals, clinical trial expenses, allowance for bad debt, accounting for the SweetSpot acquisition including contingent consideration, and share-based compensation expense.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We invest our excess cash in bank deposits, money market accounts, and debt securities. We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

F-9

Short-Term Marketable Securities

We have classified our short-term marketable securities as “available-for-sale” and carry them at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, if any, reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity and included in comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are calculated using the specific identification method and recorded as interest income.

Accounts Receivable

We grant credit to various customers in the normal course of business. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential credit losses. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a customer account is uncollectible. Generally, receivable balances greater than one year past due are deemed uncollectable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, are carried at cost, which we believe approximates fair value given their short-term nature.

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had irrevocable letters of credit outstanding with a commercial bank for approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, securing our facility leases. The letters of credit are secured by cash equivalents and an equal amount of restricted cash has been separately disclosed in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investment securities, and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure to credit loss by placing our cash with high credit quality financial institutions. We have established guidelines relative to diversification of our cash and investment securities and their maturities that are intended to secure safety and liquidity. These guidelines are periodically reviewed and modified to take advantage of trends in yields and interest rates and changes in our operations and financial position. The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of net accounts receivable:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Customer A	19	%	12	%
Customer B	17	%	20	%

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years for computer equipment, four years for machinery and equipment, and five years for furniture and fixtures, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We will record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. We have not experienced any material impairment losses on assets used in operations.

Share-Based Compensation

We recorded $24.6 million, $18.4 million and $13.5 million in share-based compensation expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013, unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units totaled $42.8 million and are expected to be recognized through 2017. We issued performance restricted stock units (the “Performance Awards”) in connection with our acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012. The performance targets for these Performance Awards are tied to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for fiscal years 2013 and 2014. We recognize expense for the Performance Awards when it is probable that the EBITDA targets will be met. At December 31, 2013, we had $1.3 million of unrecognized share-

F-10

based compensation expense related to the Performance Awards. We use the grant date fair value of our common stock for valuing restricted stock unit awards. Our determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by our stock price. Compensation costs will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Revenue Recognition

We sell our durable systems and disposable units through a direct sales force in the United States and through distribution arrangements in the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and in portions of Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. Components are individually priced and can be purchased separately or together. We receive payment directly from customers who use our products, as well as from distributors, organizations and third-party payors. Our durable system includes a reusable transmitter, a receiver, a power cord, data management software and a USB cable. Disposable sensors for use with the durable system are sold separately in packages of four. The initial durable system price is not dependent upon the purchase of any amount of disposable sensors.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue on product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, which is when title and the risk of loss have been transferred to the customer and there are no other post shipment obligations. With respect to customers who directly pay for products, the products are generally paid for at the time of shipment using a customer’s credit card and do not include customer acceptance provisions. We recognize revenue from contracted insurance payors based on the contracted rate. For non-contracted insurance payors, we obtain prior authorization from the payor and recognize revenue based on the estimated collectible amount and historical experience. We also receive a prescription or statement of medical necessity and, for insurance reimbursement customers, an assignment of benefits prior to shipment.

We provide a “30-day money back guarantee” program whereby customers who purchase a durable system and a package of four disposable sensors may return the durable system for any reason within thirty days of purchase and receive a full refund of their purchase price. We accrue for estimated returns, refunds and rebates by reducing revenues and establishing a liability account at the time of shipment based on historical experience.

We have entered into distribution agreements with Edgepark, Byram and other distributors that allow the distributors to sell our durable systems and disposable units. Revenue on product sales to distributors is generally recognized at the time of shipment, which is when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the distributor and there are no other post-shipment obligations. Revenue is recognized based on contracted prices and invoices are either paid by check following the issuance of a purchase order or letter of credit, or they are paid by wire at the time of placing the order. Terms of distributor orders are generally Freight on Board (“FOB”) shipping point (Free Carrier (“FCA”) shipping point for international orders). Distributors do not have rights of return per their distribution agreement outside of our standard warranty. The distributors typically have a limited time frame to notify us of any missing, damaged, defective or non-conforming products. For any such products, we shall either, at our option, replace the portion of defective or non-conforming product at no additional cost to the distributor or cancel the order and refund any portion of the price paid to us at that time for the sale in question.

We shipped product directly to certain distributors’ customers and recognized $23.4 million, $15.9 million and $14.5 million in revenue, which represents 15%, 16% and 19% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. With respect to other distributors that stock inventory of our product and fulfill orders from their inventory, we shipped product to these distributors and recognized $70.5 million, $30.7 million and $17.7 million in revenue from these arrangements, which represents 44%, 31% and 23% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We monitor shipments to, and on-hand inventory levels of, these distributors, and at December 31, 2013, these distributors had limited amounts of our product in their inventory.

One of our distributors, Byram, accounted for $24.3 million and $9.6 million in revenue, which represents 15% and 9% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Revenues from Byram in 2011 were immaterial. Another one of our distributors, Edgepark, accounted for $23.1 million, $14.8 million and $15.5 million in revenue, which represents 14%, 15% and 20% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We have collaborative license and development arrangements with strategic partners for the development and commercialization of products utilizing our technologies. The terms of these agreements typically include multiple deliverables by us (for example, license rights, provision of research and development services and manufacture of clinical materials) in exchange for consideration to us of some combination of non-refundable license fees, funding of research and development activities, payments based upon achievement of clinical development milestones and royalties in the form of a designated percentage of product sales or profits. With the exception of royalties, these types of consideration are classified as development grant and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations and are generally recognized over the service

F-11

period except for substantive milestone payments, which are generally recognized when the milestone is achieved. In determining whether each milestone is substantive, we considered whether the consideration earned by achieving the milestone should (i) be commensurate with either (a) our performance to achieve the milestone or (b) the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) relate solely to past performance and (iii) be reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. We recognize royalties in the period in which we obtain the royalty report, which is necessary to determine the amount of royalties we are entitled to receive.

Non-refundable license fees are recognized as revenue when we have a contractual right to receive such payment, the contract price is fixed or determinable, the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations under the license agreement. Multiple element arrangements, such as license, development and other multiple element service arrangements, are analyzed to determine how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting, or whether they must be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

For transactions containing multiple element arrangements, we consider deliverables as separate units of accounting and recognize deliverables as revenue upon delivery only if (i) the deliverable has standalone value and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is probable and substantially controlled by us. We allocate consideration to the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, in which allocation of consideration is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), or if VSOE and TPE are not available, management’s best estimate of a standalone selling price for elements.

We use judgment in estimating the value allocable to the deliverables in an agreement based on our estimate of the fair value or relative selling price attributable to the related deliverables and the consideration from such an agreement is typically recognized as product revenue or development grant and other revenue. For arrangements that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting, total payments under the arrangement are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period we expect to complete our performance obligations. We review the estimated period of our performance obligations on a periodic basis and update the recognition period as appropriate. The cumulative amount of revenue earned is limited to the cumulative amount of payments we are entitled to as of the period ending date.

If we cannot reasonably estimate when our performance obligation either ceases or becomes inconsequential, then revenue is deferred until we can reasonably estimate when the performance obligation ceases or becomes inconsequential. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance. Deferred revenue amounts are classified as current liabilities to the extent that revenue is expected to be recognized within one year.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement.

Warranty Accrual

Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment. We estimate future warranty costs by analyzing historical warranty experience for the timing and amount of returned product, and these estimates are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of such assumptions.

Research and Development

All costs of research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include salaries, bonus and payroll related costs, overhead, part components, share-based compensation, and fees paid to consultants.

Foreign Currency

The financial statements of our non-U.S. subsidiary, whose functional currency is the Swedish Krona, are translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, and revenue and expense transactions are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Cumulative translation adjustments are recognized as part of comprehensive income and are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses on transactions denominated in other than the functional currency are reflected in operations. To date the results of operations of this subsidiary and related translation adjustments have not been material in our consolidated results.

Comprehensive Loss

F-12

We report all components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Net loss and other comprehensive loss, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported, net of their related tax effect, to arrive at comprehensive loss.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value on a part-by-part basis that approximates first in, first out. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete and potential scrapped inventories. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data, and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Once written down the adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense accrued and amounts paid under the lease agreement is recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

In July 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the consolidated financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, the accounting standard provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

We file income tax returns in the United States and in various state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating losses incurred, our income tax returns from inception to date are subject to examination by taxing authorities. Our policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013, we had no interest or penalties accrued for uncertain tax positions.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy described by the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value and include the following:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

We base the fair value of our Level 1 financial instruments that are in active markets using quoted market prices for identical instruments. Our Level 1 financial instruments include certificates of deposit.

We obtain the fair value of our Level 2 financial instruments, which are not in active markets, from a primary professional pricing source using quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of quoted prices in active markets. Fair value obtained from this professional pricing source can also be based on pricing models whereby all significant observable inputs, including maturity dates, issue dates, settlement date, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issue spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers or other market related data, are observable or can be derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset.

We validate the quoted market prices provided by our primary pricing service by comparing the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our primary pricing service against the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our investment managers.

Certain contingent consideration liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they use unobservable inputs. For those liabilities, fair value is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the

F-13

significant inputs, which include the probability and expected timing of achievement and the discount rate, are not observable in the market.

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	28.7	$	—	$	28.7
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		8.9		—		8.9
Corporate debt	—		2.5		—		2.5
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	11.4	$	—	$	11.4
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	4.2	$	4.2

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	4.5	$	—	$	4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		31.8		—		31.8
Corporate debt	—		8.0		—		8.0
Commercial paper	—		0.8		—		0.8
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	40.6	$	—	$	40.6
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1.7	$	1.7

The book values of cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The book value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to the recent issuance.

Contingent Consideration Liability

In connection with the acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012, at the closing of the acquisition, we agreed to issue up to an additional 357,176 shares of our common stock upon the achievement of certain specified milestones, which is classified as contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the closing of $2.2 million was determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs of which are not observable in the market. The key assumptions in applying this approach are the interest rate and the estimated probabilities and timing assigned to the milestones being achieved. During 2012, approximately $1.1 million related to the contingent consideration was earned and paid through the issuance of 89,296 shares of our common stock, with up to 267,880 shares of our common stock that may still be issued upon the achievement of remaining performance milestones. Changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as research and development expense since the milestones are related to development activities.

The following table sets forth the change in the estimated fair value for our liabilities measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

F-14

	Twelve Months Ended   December 31,
	2013		2012
Fair value measurement at the beginning of period	$	1.7	$	—
Contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition	—		2.2
Changes in fair value measurement included in operating expenses	2.5		0.6
Contingent consideration settled	—		(1.1		)
Fair value measurement at end of period	$	4.2	$	1.7

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. Also, between annual tests we test for impairment if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

Recent Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") authoritative guidance for Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI"), which requires an entity to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of AOCI and to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Other than additional disclosure requirements, the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Reclassifications out of AOCI for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011were not material.

In July 2013, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this guidance at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal year 2014, and do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related financial statement disclosures.

2. Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, options and unvested restricted stock units are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

Historical outstanding anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Options outstanding to purchase common stock	5.8	7.4	7.8
Unvested restricted stock units	3.6	3.0	1.9
Total	9.4	10.4	9.7

3. Financial Statement Details (in millions)

Short Term Marketable Securities, Available for Sale

F-15

Short term marketable securities, consisting solely of debt securities with contractual maturities of less than one year were as follows:

	December 31, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	8.9	$	—	$	—	$	8.9
Corporate debt	2.5		—		—		2.5
Total	$	11.4	$	—	$	—	$	11.4

	December 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	31.8	$	—	$	—	$	31.8
Corporate debt	8.0		—		—		8.0
Commercial paper	0.8		—		—		0.8
Total	$	40.6	$	—	$	—	$	40.6

Accounts Receivable

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accounts receivable	$	28.8		$	20.7
Less allowance for doubtful accounts, sales returns and discounts	(2.7		)	(1.2		)
Total	$	26.1		$	19.5

Inventory

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	4.8	$	2.5
Work-in-process	0.3		0.4
Finished goods	3.9		4.5
Total	$	9.0	$	7.4

Property and Equipment

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture and fixtures	$	2.6		$	2.5
Computer equipment	15.2			12.0
Machinery and equipment	19.0			16.2
Leasehold improvements	10.5			9.3
Total	47.3			40.0
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(26.6		)	(21.1		)
Property and equipment, net	$	20.7		$	18.9

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $6.4 million, $6.1 million, and $3.8 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

F-16

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.7	)	$	2.5
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Total		$	4.4	$	(1.1	)	$	3.3
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.3	)	$	2.9
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Total		$	4.4	$	(0.5	)	$	3.9
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Total expense related to amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million and $0.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, compared to none for 2011.

The following table sets forth the total future amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013:

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	0.6
2015	0.7
2016	0.5
2017	0.5
2018	0.3
Thereafter through 2021	0.9
Total	$	3.5

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

F-17

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accounts payable trade	$	4.2	$	3.9
Accrued tax, audit, and legal fees	1.2		0.7
Clinical trials	0.3		0.1
Accrued other including warranty	4.8		2.8
Acquisition-related liabilities	3.6		1.2
Total	$	14.1	$	8.7

Accrued Payroll and Related Expenses

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued paid time off	$	2.7	$	2.3
Accrued wages, bonus and taxes	11.3		6.1
Other accrued employee benefits	1.1		0.8
Total	$	15.1	$	9.2

Accrued Warranty

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	0.3		$	0.3
Charges to costs and expenses	4.1			1.9
Costs incurred	(3.5		)	(1.9		)
Ending balance	$	0.9		$	0.3

4. Commitments and Contingencies

Long-Term Debt

In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) that provides for (i) a $15.0 million revolving line of credit and (ii) a total term loan of up to $20.0 million (the "Term Loan"), in both cases, to be used for general corporate purposes. The borrowings under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets with a negative pledge on our intellectual property.

The revolving line of credit is an interest-only financing that bears an interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% and requires repayment of principal at the maturity date of November 2015. Available funds, which were $15.0 million as of December 31, 2013, up to the borrowing base of 80% of eligible accounts receivables, under the revolving line of credit can be drawn at any time, and repaid funds can be redrawn. No amounts have been drawn against the revolving line of credit.

Per the Loan Agreement, $7.0 million was advanced under the Term Loan at the funding date in November 2012, and initially provided up to $13.0 million in additional funds available upon our request from June 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013 (the "Draw Period"). In August 2013, the Loan Agreement was amended to change the Draw Period for the additional funds under the Term Loan to January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014. The Term Loan bears a fixed interest rate equal to the three-year treasury rate at the time of advance plus 6.94% and requires payment of interest only for the first year and amortized payments of interest and principal thereafter through the maturity date of November 2016.

F-18

The aggregate debt issuance costs and fees incurred with respect to the issuance of the Loan Agreement were $1.1 million. These costs have been capitalized as debt issuance costs on our consolidated balance sheet as other assets. Fees related to the revolving line of credit are being amortized through the maturity date of November 2015. Issuance costs and fees related to the term loan are being amortized through the maturity date of November 2016 using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining unamortized issuance costs and fees totaled $0.6 million. Principal repayment obligations under the Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.2
2015	2.3
2016	2.3
Total	$	6.8

Leases

In April 2006, we entered into an office lease agreement for facilities located in San Diego, California. In August 2010, we entered into a First Amendment to Office Lease (the “Lease Amendment”) with respect to facilities in the buildings at 6340 Sequence Drive and 6310 Sequence Drive, each in San Diego, California (the “Buildings”). Under the Lease Amendment, we leased additional space in the Buildings. The lease term for the Buildings extends through November 2016 and we have an option to renew the lease upon the expiration of the initial term for an additional five years. These facility leases have annual rental increases ranging from approximately 2.5% to 4.0%. The difference between the straight-line expense over the term of the lease and actual amounts paid are recorded as deferred rent. In September 2008, our subsidiary in Sweden entered into a three-year lease for a small shared office space, which was renewed for a three-year term and has a quarterly adjustment clause for rent to increase or decrease in proportion to changes in consumer prices. In July 2012, our subsidiary SweetSpot entered into a five-year lease for a small office space in a multi-tenant commercial building in Portland, Oregon. Rental obligations, excluding real estate taxes, operating costs, and tenant improvement allowances, under all lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.7
2015	2.7
2016	2.6
Total	$	8.0

Total rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Litigation

On August 11, 2005, Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Abbott”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, seeking a declaratory judgment that our continuous glucose monitor infringes certain patents held by Abbott. In August 2005, we moved to dismiss these claims and filed requests for reexamination of the Abbott patents with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “Patent Office”) and by March 2006, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the four patents originally asserted against us in the litigation. On June 27, 2006, Abbott amended its complaint to include three additional patents owned or licensed by Abbott which are allegedly infringed by our continuous glucose monitor. On August 18, 2006, the court granted our motion to stay the lawsuit pending reexamination by the Patent Office of each of the four patents originally asserted by Abbott, and the court dismissed one significant infringement claim. In approving the stay, the court also granted our motion to strike, or disallow, Abbott's amended complaint in which Abbott had sought to add three additional patents to the litigation. Subsequent to the court's August 18, 2006 order striking Abbott's amended complaint, Abbott filed a separate action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement of the three additional patents it had sought to include in the litigation discussed above. On September 7, 2006, we filed a motion to strike Abbott's new complaint on the grounds that it is redundant of claims Abbott already improperly attempted to inject into the original case, and because the original case is now stayed, Abbott must wait until the court lifts that stay before it can properly ask the court to consider these claims. Alternatively, we asked the court to consolidate the new case with the original case and thereby stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office. In February 2007, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the three patents cited in this new lawsuit. On September 30, 2007, the court granted our motion to consolidate the cases and stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office relating to all seven patents asserted against us.

F-19

On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a motion with the district court seeking to lift the stay of the two consolidated cases.  We filed an opposition to the motion on January 17, 2014, and Abbott filed a reply brief in support of its motion on January 29, 2014.  The court has taken the motion under submission, although it is not clear when it will issue a ruling. On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a new complaint for patent infringement.  In that complaint, Abbott alleges that our products, including our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM continuous glucose monitoring systems, infringe claims of United States Patent No. 8,175,673.  We filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2014.  On January 28, 2014, we also filed a motion to consolidate the newest case (case no. 1-13-cv-02105-GMS) with the first two cases (case nos.1:05-cv-00509-GMS and 1:06-cv-00514-GMS), and to stay the three cases pending conclusion of all pending reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office.

In connection with this litigation, two of the seven patents that are the subject of the litigation have reexamination requests on appeal at the Patent Office. Certificates of Reexamination were issued for four of the seven patents and a Notice of Intent to Issue a Reexamination Certificate was issued for the seventh patent in August 2013. In many of these reexamination proceedings, Abbott filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art we presented, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art we presented, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims.

In addition, since 2008, Abbott has copied claims from certain of our applications, and stated that it may seek to provoke an interference with certain of our pending applications in the Patent Office. If interference is declared and Abbott prevails in the interference, we would lose certain patent rights to the subject matter defined in the interference. Also since 2008, Abbott has filed 38 reexamination requests seeking to invalidate 31 of our patents. Four of the 38 reexamination requests are in various stages at the Patent Office, and 33 have been issued a Certificate of Reexamination (one Reexamination Request was denied). We have filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art presented in the reexaminations, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art presented in the reexaminations, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims. It is possible that the Patent Office may determine that some or all of the claims of our patents subject to the reexamination are invalid. Additionally, Abbott has filed an Opposition to six of our European patents, one of which was not defended and one of which was revoked.

Although it is our position that Abbott's assertions of infringement have no merit, and that the potential interference and reexamination requests by Abbott have no merit, neither the outcome of the litigation nor the amount and range of potential fees associated with the litigation, potential interference or reexamination requests can be assessed, and as of December 31, 2013, no amounts have been accrued.

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and suits arising out of the ordinary course of business, including commercial and employment related matters. We do not expect that the resolution of these matters would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position.

Purchase Commitments

We are party to various purchase arrangements related to our manufacturing and development activities including materials used in our glucose monitoring systems. As of December 31, 2013, we had purchase commitments with vendors totaling $16.2 million due within one year. There are no material purchase commitments due beyond one year.

5. Development and Other Agreements

Edwards Lifesciences LLC

On November 10, 2008, and as amended on May 5, 2009, we entered into a Collaboration Agreement (the “Collaboration Agreement”) with Edwards Lifesciences LLC (“Edwards”). Pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement, we and Edwards agreed to develop jointly and to market an in-hospital automatic blood glucose monitoring system. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, as amended, Edwards paid us an upfront fee of $13.0 million in November 2008. In addition, we received $10.0 million, in total, for product development from 2009 through 2010. We will also receive either a profit-sharing payment of up to 10% on the product’s gross profits, or a royalty of up to 6% of commercial sales of the product. The Collaboration Agreement provides Edwards with an exclusive license under our intellectual property to the critical care sector in the hospital market. Edwards will be responsible for global sales and marketing, and we will initially be responsible for manufacturing. Our development obligations under the Collaboration Agreement were completed in the fourth quarter of 2012, and there will no longer be any development grant and other revenue recognized in future periods related to consideration previously received under the Collaboration Agreement. We recorded $1.4 million and $2.1 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received under the Collaboration Agreement for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

F-20

Each of the milestones related to the Collaboration Agreement is considered to be substantive under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement and, at the outset of the agreement, we were entitled to receive up to $12.0 million in milestones related to regulatory approvals and manufacturing readiness, subject to reductions based on the timing of the receipt of approvals. However, we do not expect to receive all or any of such milestones due to regulatory and joint development delays. We did not recognize any consideration for milestones related to the Collaboration Agreement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc.

On November 1, 2011, we entered into a non-exclusive Research and Development Agreement (the “Roche Agreement”) with Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. (“Roche”) to integrate a future generation of our continuous glucose monitoring technology with Roche’s next generation Accu-Chek insulin delivery system in the United States. On February 20, 2013, Roche provided us with notice that Roche was terminating the Roche Agreement in accordance with its terms. We received an initial payment of $0.5 million as a result of the execution of the Roche Agreement, and we received an additional $0.5 million upon agreement of a development and regulatory plan. We recorded $0.8 million and $0.2 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, compared to none for 2011. As a result of the termination of the Roche Agreement, we are no longer entitled to receive any further consideration for milestones or development activities pursuant to the Roche Agreement.

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

On February 1, 2012, we entered into a non-exclusive Development and Commercialization Agreement (the “Tandem Agreement”) with Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Tandem”) to integrate a future generation of our continuous glucose monitoring technology with Tandem’s t:slim^™ insulin delivery system in the United States. On January 4, 2013, the Tandem Agreement was amended to allow for the integration of our G4 PLATINUM system with Tandem's t:slim insulin delivery system in the United States. Under the terms of the Tandem Agreement, we are entitled to receive up to $1.0 million to offset certain development, clinical and regulatory expenses. We received an initial payment of $1.0 million as a result of the execution of the Tandem Agreement. We are also entitled to receive up to an additional $2.0 million upon the achievement of certain milestones related to regulatory submissions and approvals as set forth in the Tandem Agreement. Each of the milestones related to the Tandem Agreement is considered to be substantive. We did not recognize any consideration for milestones for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. We recorded $0.5 million and $0.3 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Leona M. and Harry B Helmsley Charitable Trust

In July 2013, we were awarded a $4.0 million grant (the "Helmsley Grant") from the Leona M. and Harry B. Helmsley Charitable Trust (the "Helmsley Trust") to accelerate the development of the sixth generation of our advanced glucose-sensing technologies (the "Gen 6 Sensor"). The funding is milestone-based and is contingent upon our meeting specific development milestones related to the Gen 6 Sensor over the next several years. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, $0.5 million of the Helmsley Grant was received. Upon successful commercialization of our Gen 6 Sensor, we are obligated to either (1) make royalty payments based on a percentage of product sales of up to $2.0 million per year for four years, or (2) at our sole election, make a one-time $6.0 million royalty payment. The Helmsley Grant funds will offset research and development expense as incurred and earned. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, $0.5 million of Helmsley Grant funds was earned.

6. Business Combinations

On February 21, 2012, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) to acquire 100% of the common stock of SweetSpot. The merger was consummated on March 6, 2012 (the “Closing”). In accordance with the Merger Agreement, on the Closing, we issued 384,483 shares of our common stock having an aggregate value on the Closing of $3.9 million to the security holders of SweetSpot. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the Closing was determined to be $2.2 million using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model with the key assumptions being the discount rate, the timing of expected achievement and the probability assigned to each milestone being achieved. During 2012, approximately $1.1 million related to the contingent consideration was earned and paid through the issuance of 89,296 shares of our common stock. We may also issue up to 267,880 shares of our common stock in milestone payments contingent upon the achievement of certain other performance milestones. We have not issued any shares of common stock for milestone payments in 2013. We incurred acquisition-related costs of $0.3 million during 2012, which are recorded as general and administrative expense.

F-21

SweetSpot is a healthcare-focused information technology company with a platform for uploading and processing data from certain diabetes devices to advance the treatment of diabetes. SweetSpot specializes in turning raw output from certain devices into information for healthcare providers, individuals and researchers. Through our acquisition of SweetSpot, we have a software platform that enables our customers to aggregate and analyze data from certain diabetes devices and to share it with their healthcare providers.

The acquisition of SweetSpot has been recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the authoritative guidance for business combinations. The allocation of purchase price is based on our valuation of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the Closing.

The purchase price is as follows (in millions):

Market value of DexCom common stock issued on the Closing	$	3.9
Fair value of contingent consideration	2.2
Total purchase price	$	6.1

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price.

	Estimated Fair Value (in millions)			Estimated Useful Life in Months
Net assumed liabilities	$	(1.8	)
Developed technology	3.2			109
In-process research and development	0.2			51
Trademarks and trade names	0.1
Customer-related intangible	0.6			70
Covenants not-to-compete	0.6			70
Goodwill	3.2
Total purchase price allocation	$	6.1

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and trademarks and trade names are not amortized, but are subject to review for impairment on at least an annual basis. Acquired developed technology represents the fair value assigned to technology assets that we acquired that have been completed at the date of acquisition. The acquired technology is capitalized as intangible assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Acquired in-process research and development ("IPR&D") represents the fair value assigned to research and development assets that we acquired that have not been completed at the date of acquisition. The acquired IPR&D is capitalized as an intangible asset and tested for impairment at least annually until commercialization, after which time the IPR&D will be amortized over its estimated useful life. Acquired customer-related intangibles and covenant not-to-compete are capitalized as intangible assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives.

7. Income Taxes

We have recorded a net tax benefit of $12,000 and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A tax benefit was recorded in 2012 related to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as a result of the merger with SweetSpot, partially offset by foreign income taxes. The tax expense in 2013 is primarily related to foreign income taxes and state minimum taxes.

At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $384.5 million and $273.0 million, respectively. The federal and state tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2019 and 2014, respectively, unless previously utilized. We also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.4 million and $9.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit will begin to expire in 2020, unless previously utilized.

Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. An ownership change limitation occurred as a result of the stock offering completed in February 2009. The limitation will likely result in approximately $2.1 million of U.S. income tax credits that will expire unused. The related deferred tax assets

F-22

have been removed from the components of our deferred tax assets as summarized below. The tax benefits related to the remaining federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be further limited or lost if future cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period.

Significant components of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown below (in millions). A valuation allowance of approximately $164.7 million has been established as of December 31, 2013 to offset the deferred tax assets, as realization of such assets is uncertain. As a result of the acquisition of SweetSpot, we recorded an income tax benefit of approximately $1.3 million related to a release of a portion of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We maintain a deferred tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets that is not netted against deferred tax assets, as reversal of the taxable temporary difference cannot serve as a source of income for realization of the deferred tax assets, because the deferred tax liability will not reverse until the asset is sold or written down due to impairment.

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	132.8		$	123.5
Capitalized research and development expenses	7.2			8.1
Tax credits	7.3			5.5
Share-based compensation	12.2			10.1
Fixed and intangible assets	1.1			1.0
Other, net	5.4			4.5
Total gross deferred tax assets	166.0			152.7
Less: valuation allowance	(164.7		)	(151.3		)
Deferred tax liability related to acquired intangibles assets	(1.4		)	(1.5		)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)

We recognize windfall tax benefits associated with the exercise of share-based compensation directly to stockholders’ equity only when realized. Accordingly, deferred tax assets are not recognized for net operating loss carryforwards resulting from windfall tax benefits occurring from January 1, 2006 onward. At December 31, 2013, deferred tax assets do not include $17.1 million of excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.

The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations and the statutory rate is as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rates	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.70	%	2.74	%	2.16	%
Permanent items	(3.64	)%	(0.84	)%	(0.41	)%
Research and development credits	6.17	%	1.43	%	3.93	%
Stock and officers compensation	(2.23	)%	(3.01	)%	(2.37	)%
Rate change	7.11	%	(2.13	)%	0.29	%
Other	0.08	%	(1.15	)%	(2.02	)%
Change in valuation allowance	(45.15	)%	(29.76	)%	(36.65	)%
	0.04	%	2.28	%	(0.07	)%

F-23

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.6
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.8
Balance at December 31, 2011	4.4
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.5
Decreases due to statute of limitation expiration	(0.1		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	4.8
Adjustments related to prior year tax positions	0.5
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.9
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	6.2

Due to the valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets, none of the total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 would reduce our annual effective tax rate if recognized. Interest and penalties are classified as a component of income tax expense. Due to net operating losses incurred, tax years from 1999 to 2012 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. We do not intend to early adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2013. The tangible property regulations will require us to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however we do not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to our consolidated financial statements.

8. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

We have a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all employees that meet certain age requirements. Employees may contribute up to 90% of their compensation per year (subject to a maximum limit by federal tax law). Under the 401(k) Plan, we may elect to match a discretionary percentage of contributions. No such matching contributions have been made to the 401(k) Plan since its inception.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits our eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, through periodic payroll deductions. Payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of the participant’s cash compensation subject to certain limitations, and the purchase price will not be less than 0.85 of the lower of the fair market value of the stock at either the beginning of the applicable “Offering Period” or the Purchase Date. Each Offering Period is twelve months, with new Offering Periods commencing every six months on the dates of February 1 and August 1 of each year. Each Offering Period consists of two (2) six month purchase periods (each a “Purchase Period”) during which payroll deductions of the participants are accumulated under the ESPP. The last business day of each Purchase Period is referred to as the “Purchase Date.” Purchase Dates are every six months on the dates of January 31 and July 31. Annually in January of each year, subject to Board discretion and certain limitations, shares reserved for the ESPP will automatically be increased by a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock at the preceding year end. On January 31, 2011, July 29, 2011, January 31, 2012, July 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 we issued 77,466, 54,408, 68,960, 89,114, 93,246 and 106,415, respectively, shares of common stock under the ESPP.

Equity Incentive Plans

In 2005, we adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”), which replaced the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan and provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units to employees, directors or consultants of the Company. Shares reserved include all shares that were available under the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan on the day it was terminated. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. In addition, incentive stock options may not be granted at a price less than the 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of the 2005 Plan is scheduled to end in March 2015. Annually in January of each year, subject to Board discretion and certain limitations, shares reserved for the 2005 Plan will automatically be

F-24

increased by a number of shares equal to 3% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock during the preceding year end.

A summary of our stock option activity, and related information for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows (in millions except weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average remaining contractual term):

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2012	7.4		$	7.67
Exercised	(1.5	)	6.64
Forfeited	—		8.18
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	5.9		$	7.94	4.3	$	160.3
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	5.8		$	7.91	4.3	$	159.1

The total intrinsic value of options exercised as of the date of exercise and total fair value of options vested was as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	29.8	$	2.7	$	3.0
Fair value of options vested	$	1.3	$	3.7	$	5.7

We define in-the-money options at December 31, 2013 as options that had exercise prices that were lower than the $35.41 closing market price of our common stock at that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2013 is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of our common stock for the 5.9 million options that were in-the-money at that date. There were 5.8 million in-the-money options exercisable at December 31, 2013.

The following table sets forth a summary of our nonvested stock options and activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
	(in millions)
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	0.3		$	5.52
Vested	(0.2	)	5.95
Forfeited	—		5.00
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	0.1		$	4.60

Valuation and expense information

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were allocated as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of sales	$	2.6	$	2.1	$	1.4
Research and development	8.5		6.2		4.6
Selling, general and administrative	13.5		10.1		7.5
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	$	24.6	$	18.4	$	13.5

F-25

We estimated the fair value of each option grant and ESPP purchase rights on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the below assumptions.

Options:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	n/a	1.2	%	1.5 – 2.5
Dividend yield	n/a	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	n/a	0.70		0.68 – 0.69
Expected life (in years)	n/a	6.1		6.1

ESPP:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	0.13 – 0.17		0.11 – 0.19		0.21 – 0.26
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	0.30 – 0.39		0.39 – 0.70		0.31 – 0.49
Expected life (in years)	1		1		1

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the expected life of our employee stock options and stock purchase plan. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts.

As share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Authoritative guidance for share-based payment requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

RSU awards typically vest annually over one to four years, and vesting is subject to continued employment. The RSUs had a weighted-average grant date fair value of $17.29, $10.58 and $13.99 per share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested was $17.5 million, $11.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table sets forth a summary of our RSU activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in millions except weighted average grant date fair value):

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	3.0		$	11.60
Granted	2.4		17.29
Vested	(1.5	)	11.97
Forfeited	(0.3	)	12.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	3.6		$	15.13	$	126.9

F-26

Reserved Shares

We have reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013	2012
Stock options and awards under our plans:
Stock options granted and outstanding	5.9	7.4
Unvested RSUs	3.6	3.0
Reserved for future grant	0.5	0.5
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	2.6	2.1
Total	12.6	13.0

9. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions except per share data):

	For the Three Months Ended
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
Year ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	51.7		$	42.9		$	35.8		$	29.6
Gross profit	34.1			27.6			21.9			16.5
Total operating expenses	36.4			33.4			31.8			27.4
Net loss	(2.6		)	(6.0		)	(10.1		)	(11.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.16	)
Year ended December 31, 2012
Revenues (a)	$	33.3		$	23.1		$	23.5		$	20.1
Gross profit (a)	17.5			8.4			11.2			9.4
Total operating expenses	25.9			25.7			25.9			24.8
Net loss (a)	(8.5		)	(17.3		)	(14.7		)	(14.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.21	)

(a) The sum of the four quarters may not agree to the year total due to rounding within a quarter.

F-27

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(in millions)

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2010	$	0.5
Provision for doubtful accounts	0.7
Write-off and adjustments	(0.7		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2011	$	0.6

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2011	$	0.6
Provision for doubtful accounts	1.2
Write-off and adjustments	(0.7		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2012	$	1.2

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2012	$	1.2
Provision for doubtful accounts	2.7
Write-off and adjustments	(1.4		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2013	$	2.6

F-28

EX-10.28

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Exhibit 10.28

Amendment Number Three to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement

This Amendment Number Three to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement (“Amendment Number Two”) is made as of this 4 day of December, 2013, by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of business at 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and RGH Enterprises, Inc. d/b/a Edgepark Medical Supplies, an Ohio corporation with offices located at 1810 Summit Commerce Park, Twinsburg, Ohio 44807 (the “Distributor”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor previously entered into a Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective April 30, 2008, as amended on March 29, 2011 and March 28, 2013 (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein in accordance with Section 2.2 and 17.10 of the Agreement.

THEREFORE, Company and Distributor agree as follows:

1.SECTION 2. Section 2.2 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

2.2 New products may be added to Schedule 1 and included within the scope of the Agreement at the sole and exclusive discretion of the Company. Notice for new products shall be deemed duly given if sent by prepaid mail, addressed to the party at the address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, or to such other address as the parties may have furnished each other in writing. In addition, the Company may amend the pricing set forth on Schedule 1 with [****] advance notice provided to Distributor.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2.SCHEDULE 1. Schedule 1 is amended to include the following Products:

Dexcom G4 Platinum - Pediatric

Product	Description	Transfer Price*
STK-KD-001	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLK	[****]
STK-KD-PNK	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – PNK	[****]
STK-KD-BLU	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLU	[****]

3.SCHEDULE 5. Schedule 5 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

SCHEDULE 5

Quality Agreement

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This Quality Agreement (the “Quality Agreement”) is incorporated within the Distribution Agreement dated April 30, 2008, as amended on March 29, 2011 and March 28, 2013 between Distributor and Company pertaining to the distribution and sale of Products. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

1.2 This Quality Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Agreement expires, is terminated or the Quality Agreement is modified.

2.0 DEFINITIONS / ACRONYMS

2.1 “Applicable Documents”: Documents used to develop a specific document (i.e. standards, regulations) and documents referenced in the text of the specific document.

2.2 "Government Agency" means any body which has the authority to act on behalf of the government of the Union or State to ensure that the requirements of all

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

laws applicable to the Products and Distributor are carried out and adhered to in the State.

2.3 "Customer Complaint" means any written, electronic or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety or performance of a medical device that has been placed on the market.

2.4 “CGM”: Continuous Glucose Monitoring.

2.5 “Correction” means repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection (including patient monitoring) of a product without its physical removal to some other location.

2.6 “Document” means any information, either written or stored electronically, including specifications, procedures, standards, methods, instructions, plans, files, forms, notes, reviews, analyses, and reports.

2.7 “Government Agency” means a federal (e.g. FDA) or state (Health and Human Services Food and Drug Branch) organization that has the power to provide services for conformity assessment on the conditions set out in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) and United States Code (U.S.C) as part for the sale of medical device products. This normally means assessing the manufacturers conformity to the essential requirements listed in each directive.

2.8 “Lot” or “Batch” means one or more components or finished devices that consist of a single type, model, class, size, composition, or software version that are manufactured under essentially the same conditions and that are intended to have uniform characteristics and quality within specified limits.

2.9 “Label” means a display of written, printed, or graphic matter upon the immediate container of any article. Any word, statement, or other information appearing on the immediate container must also appear “on the outside container or wrapper, if any there be, of the retain package of such article, or is easily legible through the outside container of wrapper.”

2.10 “Labeling” means any Labels and other written, printed, or graphic matter (1) upon any article or any of its containers or wrappers, or (2) displaying such article” at any time while a device is held for sale after shipment or delivery for shipment in interstate commerce.

2.11 “Quality Records” means Documents containing recorded information, regardless of the medium or characteristic, which demonstrate the effectiveness of the quality management system and that provide evidence that products meet regulatory requirements and comply with specified product requirements.

2.12 “Removal” means the physical removal of a device from its point of use to some other location for repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection.

2.13 “Stock Recovery” means the correction or removal of a device that has not been marketed or that has not left the direct control of the manufacturer, i.e., the device is located on the premises owned, or under the control of, the

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

manufacturer, and no portion of the lot, model, code, or other relevant unit involved in the corrective or removal action has been released for sale or use.

2.14 "Recall" means when there is a risk of death or serious deterioration to the state of health, the return of a medical device to the supplier, its modification by the supplier at the site of installation, its exchange or its destruction, in accordance with the instructions contained in the advisory notice.

2.15 "Medical Device Reporting System" is a system of incident reporting to the Federal Food and Drug Administration (FDA), for all medical devices which are approved for inter-state commerce, where such incidents lead to corrective action relevant to medical devices. Medical Device Reporting Systems maintained by the Distributor shall comply with all applicable laws, the rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal or any State. This system is intended to allow data to be correlated between the FDA and manufactures to improve the protection of health and safety of patients, users and others by reducing the likelihood of the same type of adverse incident being repeated in different places at different times.

3.0 PROCESS CONTROLS

3.1 Both parties shall be responsible for all process control activities relative to the Products, including but not limited to, assurance of receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control, complaint handling and trending and process validations, as required by Title 21 of United States Code of Federal Regulations, and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

3.2 Both parties shall maintain appropriate documented procedures.

3.3 Company shall provide evidence that packaging containers maintain the integrity, quality, function, and sterility of the product for the entire shelf life, and not produce toxic residues during storage. Packaging must prevent or indicate the occurrence of tampering.

4.0 TRAINING AND DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL

4.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing an effective employee training program and document change control system relative to the receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control and complaint handling and trending at the location of Distributor and its third party suppliers.

4.2 Distributor must train its employees to perform their job function and to this Quality Agreement as required.

5.0 VALIDATION

5.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing qualified processes and systems as required of suppliers (e.g. computer system) by law.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

5.2 Both parties shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the distribution of the Products at the location of the Distributor and its third party suppliers.

5.3 Both parties shall develop and implement validation or qualification protocols for significant processes, equipment, and computer systems.

5.4 Company shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the manufacture of the Products at the location of the Company and its third party suppliers.

6.0 DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING

6.1 Products shipped by the Distributor must be shipped using documented procedures for the handling, storage, packaging, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.2 Distributor shall deliver Products to its customers using documented procedures for handling, storage, packing, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.3 Disposables must have at least three months of expiration dating left, unless specific variance by lot number has been agreed to by both parties, before being shipped to any end-user customer.

6.4 The Distributor will not modify any product packaging that it receives from the Company. Shipping containers shall be validated to ensure that the safety and integrity of the Product is maintained during transit, including shipping methods that conform with the Product’s acceptable temperature and humidity ranges.

6.5 Distributor must maintain storage & handling as follows:

Seven Plus Product

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	N/A
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	Max 95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-85% Relative

G4 Platinum Product

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	0-95% Relative
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative

G4 Platinum Product - Pediatric

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	0-95% Relative
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative

7.0 LOT TRACEABILITY

7.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures for identifying the Products by suitable means from receipt and during all stages of production and delivery. This shall include procedures to provide full lot traceability for each unit, lot, or batch of finished Products during all stages of production and delivery to the Distributor.

7.2 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the first consignee.

7.3 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the end user.

7.4 Both parties shall use reasonable efforts to assist the other in maintaining respective lot traceability.

7.5 Both parties are required to track the following information detailed in the table to the end user.

8.0 Seven Plus Product

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS System Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of one (1) or four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Receiver	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Transmitter	Lot Number identified on the box

9.0 G4 Platinum Product

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-GL-001	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-GL-003	G4 Transmitter Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-001	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-011	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of one (1))	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-041	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box

10.0 G4 Platinum Product - Pediatric

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-KD-001	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-KD-PNK	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-KD-BLU	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-GL-003	G4 Transmitter Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-001	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-PNK	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-BLU	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-011	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of one (1))	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-041	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box

11.0 PACKAGING AND LABELING

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

11.1 Company shall provide packaging and labeling specifications that call out clear labeling requirements.

11.2 Company shall ensure that the labels, inserts and accompanying documentation satisfy the requirements of the applicable regulations.

11.3 Distributor shall not modify the labels, primary or secondary packaging, inserts or accompanying documentation without the written approval of the Company.

12.0 FINISHED PRODUCT NON-CONFORMANCES

12.1 Any nonconforming finished product requires written approval from Company’s Quality Assurance before shipment to any Customer by Distributor.

13.0 COMPLAINT HANDLING AND REPORTING

13.1 Distributor shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling all Tier I Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. "Complaint" means any written, electronic, telephone call and/or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness, or performance of a device after it is released to distribution. A complaint is any indication of the failure of a device to meet customer or user expectations for quality or to meet performance specifications. A “Tier I Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to the purchase, payment, billing, delivery, packaging and customer service. This system shall include receipt, review, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. Distributor will not perform any Tier II Complaint Handling, as defined below.

13.2 Company shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling Tier II Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. A “Tier II Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to product functionality, trouble shooting, or adverse events. This system shall include receipt, review, investigation, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. It shall also include adverse event reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities as required by regulations in the applicable jurisdictions.

13.3 Company shall notify Distributor in writing of legal and regulatory matters relating to the Products, including:

13.3.1 Any regulatory actions by governmental authorities (e.g., inspection citations, warning letters, or other non-conformance notices).

13.3.2 Regulatory enforcement actions such as injunctions or seizures.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

13.3.3 FDA registration activity (e.g., non-conformance notices, hold points).

13.3.4 Complaints received from Customers within the Territory that have not been processed through the Company’s complaint handling system.

13.3.5 Adverse incidents relating to customers within the Territory (e.g., MDR’s.).

13.4 Distributor shall notify Company in writing of the following:

13.4.1 Any serious regulatory action relating to the Products.

13.4.2 Tier I Complaints regarding Products or Instruments. Distributor shall code, trend and report monthly all phone call inquiries and Tier I Complaint data pertaining to Products.

13.4.3 If an adverse incident is received that may be subject to FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulation that pertain to Products and Instruments, then Distributor shall notify Company no later than 24 hours following Distributor’s initial receipt of the adverse event.

13.4.4 Distributor shall forward all complaints pertaining to Products and Instruments to Company no later than 5 working days following Distributor’s initial receipt of the complaint.

14.0 FIELD ACTIONS

14.1 The Company will be responsible for the initiation of any recalls or other field actions related to the Products.

14.2 Both parties will comply with recalls or general corrective actions, provided such recalls or general corrective actions do not, in the opinion of Company violate or cause Company to violate the laws of any jurisdiction affected by the recalls or corrective action.

14.3 If Distributor and Company do not agree on a course of action, Company may initiate field actions related to the Products, but may not use field action to cause Distributor to lose Customers.

15.0 AUDITS

15.1 Company shall have the right to conduct audits of Distributor’s facilities and operations during normal business hours at its own expense and upon thirty (30) days notice to Distributor in order to assess compliance with all applicable regulations, procedures and this Quality Agreement. Any such audits will be conducted by a national “big four” independent accounting firm (or other independent accounting firm whose audit department is a separate stand alone function of its business and which possesses liability insurance with coverage of at least [****]), subject to such firm’s execution of a confidentiality agreement in form reasonably acceptable to Distributor. Company shall be permitted to conduct one audit per calendar year or more frequently in the

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

instance there exists a material difference between the inventory records of Distributor and Company.

16.0 RECORD RETENTION

16.1 Both parties shall retain all sales and medical records as required by law.

16.2 Prior to any record destruction pertaining to Company Products and Instruments, the Distributor will notify the Company in writing. If the record destruction is not approved the Company will assume responsibility of the records.

17.0 REGULATORY AND REGISTRATION ADMINISTRATION

17.1 Distributor, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon domestic registration costs in accordance with Federal and State regulations. Distributor shall provide sufficient data and information to support domestic registrations.

17.2 Company, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon registration costs of Products in the Territory. Company shall provide sufficient data and information to support such registrations.

18.0 QUALITY SYSTEM COMPLIANCE

18.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain a quality system in compliance with Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws. Distributor shall also ensure that its contract vendors maintain a quality system in compliance with current Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

18.2 Distributor acknowledges that without registering as an out-of-state home medical device retail facility, an out-of-state home medical device retail facility shall not sell or distribute prescription devices in this state through any person or media other than a wholesaler who is licensed pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 4000) of Division 2 of the California Business and Professions Code.

19.0 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTOR REQUIREMENTS

19.1 Distributor agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Distributor agrees to obtain the necessary licenses to meet its obligations under this agreement.

19.2 Records should be accurate, indelible and legible. Entries must be dated and the person performing a documented task must be identified. Records must provide a complete history of the work performed. Products identified in this Quality Agreement are not in conflict with the laws of the importing country.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

4.All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Amendment Number Two as of date first set out above.

Signed by:    /s/ Jess Roper            

Jess Roper

Title:     V.P. and Chief Financial Officer

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by:    /s/ Adam Graybill            

Name:

Title:         

for and on behalf of

__RGH Enterprises________________________

EX-10.29

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Exhibit 10.29

NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

between DEXCOM, INC. and

Diabetes Specialty Center, LLC Dated Oct 12, 2009

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT is made Oct 12, 2009 by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principle place of business at 6340

Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and Diabetes Specialty Center,

LLC, a Utah corporation with a principle office at 3793 South State St. Salt Lake Citv, UT 84115. The Company and the Distributor are referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties".

The Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation

1.1 Definitions

1.1.1     "Customer" means the end-user patient to which the Distributor sells the

Products;

1.1.2     "Effective Date" means October 12, 2009, being the date upon which this

Agreement is deemed to commence;

1.1.3 "Intellectual Property Rights" means any rights with respect to any intellectual property including but not limited to rights with respect to or under or pursuant to any patents, trademarks, copyrights, know-how and trade secrets;

1.1.4 "FOB Shipping Point" means freight on board the place from which the Company ships the Products to the Distributor;

1.1.5 "Price" means the Price identified in Schedule 1, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.2, below;

1.1.6 "Products" means the Products identified in Schedule 1, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.2, below; and

1.1.7     "Territory" means United States of America.

1.2 Interpretation

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

1.2.1 The words "include", "including" and "in particular" shall be construed as being by way of illustration only and shall not be construed as limiting the generality of any foregoing words.

1.2.2     Any references to Recitals, Section or Schedules are to prov1s10ns of and

Schedules to this Agreement.

1.2.3 Section and paragraph headings are inserted for ease of reference only and shall not affect construction.

1.2.3 Section and paragraph headings are inserted for ease of reference only and shall not affect construction.

1.2.4 Words denoting one gender include all genders; words denoting individuals or persons include corporations and trusts and vice versa; words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa; and words denoting the whole include a reference to any part thereof.

1.2.5 References to this Agreement mean this Agreement as the same may be amended, notated, modified or replaced from time to time with the agreement of the Parties.

2.     Appointment of Distributor, Additional Products and Relationship.

2.1 The Company appoints the Distributor to be its non-exclusive distributor in the Territory for the Products and the Distributor hereby accepts such appointment subject to the terms of this Agreement. Distributor agrees that it shall sell products only to end-user customers, and not to other distributors. Distributor also agrees it may market and promote Products to users for ambulatory (non-surgical) applications only. Distributor shall not sell, market or promote Products for use in critical care, intensive care or surgical settings. The Company reserves the right to appoint other non-exclusive distributors and agents in the Territory for the Products. The Company also reserves the right to sell the Products directly to Customers in the Territory.

2.2 The Company may from time to time at its discretion offer additional products to the Distributor for inclusion in this Agreement. If the Distributor accepts those products, this Agreement will be amended and signed by authorized representatives of the Parties and thereafter such products shall be treated as the Products. In addition, the Company may amend the pricing set forth on Schedule 1.

3.     Relationship of Independent Contractor, Expenses, No Agencv or Authority.

3.1 The Distributor is and shall act as an independent contractor, and not as a partner, co­ venturer, agent, employee, franchisee or representative of the Company. No partnership, joint venture, agency or employment is intended between Company and Distributor.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

3.2 Except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement, the Distributor shall be responsible for any and all expenses incurred by Distributor in the performance of Distributor's duties under this Agreement.

3.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Distributor authority to enter into obligations on the Company's behalf or to act as the Company's agent for any purpose; nor shall the Distributor hold itself out as having any such authority.

4.     Duties of Distributor

4.1     The Distributor hereby agrees:

4.1.1 to use its best efforts to develop the market for the Products, promote the Products to Customers, physicians and certified diabetes educators, distribute and sell the Products to Customers throughout the Territory;

4.1.2 to maintain a properly trained and equipped sales force for the Products, including but not limited to making its sales personnel available to the Company for training in the use and sale of the Products and coordination of sales efforts;

4.1.3 to maintain such ordering, billing and filling of customer orders, facilities and personnel as the Company may reasonably specify;

4.1.4     to follow the Company's guidelines, set forth below, for processing new

Customers:

4.1.4.1 to perform an investigation of benefits and relay results of the benefits investigation to the Customer within 48 hours of intake of each new Customer;

4.1.4.2 to collect all necessary documentation to support each Customer's claim within 7 business days;

4.1.4.3 to inform the Company of each Customer who ultimately does not purchase the Company's Products due to inadequate insurance benefits;

4.1.4.4 to complete a prior authorization, when required, within 10 business days of performing the benefits investigation and collecting all required supporting documents;

4.1.4.5 to place purchase order to ship Products to Customer within 3 business days of receiving prior authorization approval from the Customer's insurance company, or in the alternative, upon notice of a denial of a prior authorization request, to inform the Company within 24 hours of such denial;

4.1.5     to follow the Company's guidelines, set forth below, for processing existing

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Customers:

4.1.5.1 to implement an active call-back campaign to procure sensor reorders, maintain customer retention, and limit customer attrition;

4.1.5.2 to report on the status of the new and existing customers order as reasonably requested by the Company;

4.1.6     to forward all technical and repair service inquiries to the Company;

4.1.7     to promptly notify the Company of each new Customer transaction per Schedule

3;

4.1.8 to implement and maintain a system, satisfactory to the Company, to identify the Distributor's Customers to which each batch of Products have been delivered ("batch" being the lot number marked by the Company on each unit container of the Products). Distributor shall maintain a tracking system sufficient to allow the Distributor the ability to take appropriate corrective action in the market if required;

4.1.9     to qualify as a Company supplier;

4.1.1 0 to obtain a prescription from a medical professional prior to the initial shipment of any Product to a new customer;

4.1.11 to comply with such good manufacturing and other practices as the Company may reasonably specify in respect of storage, handling, distribution and sale of the Products;

4.1.12 to leave in position and not cover, alter (unless authorized to do so in writing by the Company), remove or erase any notices, warnings, instructions, marks (including without limitation, notices that a patent, trademark, design or copyright or other Intellectual Property Right relating to the Products is owned by the Company or a third party) or any other writing which the Company may place on or affix to the Products. To maintain the integrity of the Products, the Company has approval on all repackaging configurations the Distributor may utilize in regard to the Products;

4.1.13 to not use any trade or service mark which is confusingly similar to any trade or service mark used by the Company;

4.1.14 to not infringe upon or otherwise use any Intellectual Property Rights of the

Company;

4.1.15 not to do anything to bring the Company or the Products into disrepute;

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

4.1.16 to promptly notify the Company of all incidents, potential events or complaints relating to the Products, and to comply with all reasonable directions of the Company, whether regarding the handling of specific incidents, events or complaints in the Territory, or regarding the continued sale of the Products in the Territory in the light of any other incident, event, complaint or information otherwise reported to the Company;

4.1.17 to ensure that it and its employees conform(s) with all legislation, rules, regulations and statutory requirements existing in the Territory from time to time in connection with the Products;

4.1.18 to meet with representatives of the Company at least quarterly to discuss promotional programs and to implement such promotional programs as the Company may reasonably specify;

4.1.19 to provide advertising and sales representation for local and regional trade shows where the Distributor has representatives, and to provide an annual list of shows to be attended by the Distributor;

4.1.20 not to provide any wan-anty with respect to the Products other than the Company's warranty;

4.1.21 to provide the Company, from time to time upon request by the Company, with appropriate credit references (other manufacturers, etc.) with whom the Distributor has credit relationships in excess of $200,000 of purchasing activity per month. If Distributor purchases in excess of $50,000 of Products per quarter, Distributor shall establish DexCom as the beneficiary of a 30 day irrevocable standby letter of credit in a reasonable amount determined by DexCom;

4.1.22 to obtain and maintain reasonable amounts of insurance to protect it and its employees and agents for loss or damage of inventory, property damage and other insurance which may be required in the Territory and to provide evidence of such insurance to the Company from time to time at the Company's request;

4.1.23 to appoint any sub-distributor or sub-agent only with the prior written approval of the Company;

4.1.24 to provide all reasonable assistance to the Company to ensure the successful performance of this Agreement;

4.1.25 to provide the Company with monthly forecasts by Product in accord::mce with requirements set forth in Schedule 4;

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

4.1.26 to establish and maintain a tracking system in compliance with the Safe Medical Device Act and the FDA Regulation (21 CFR 821) as amended to enable the Products to be promptly located within commercial distribution. The Distributor agrees to provide the Company with device tracking information, at such times as the Company may reasonably request, in order to demonstrate the effectiveness of the tracking systems. The device tracking records shall not be discarded or destroyed without prior written consent from the Company;

4.1.27 to provide the Company with Product sales tracing reports, on up to a daily basis as reasonably requested by the Company, in the format set out on Schedule 3:

4.1.28 not to alter or damage any Products;

4.1.29 not to sell any Products which are altered, damaged, or contaminated or which have been removed from their original packaging; and

4.1.30 not to sell any Product where the shelf-life on the Product is less than the time of reasonable consumption by the Customer, and in no instance to ship Product with a shelf-life of less than 2 months.

5.     Duties of the Company

5.1     The Company hereby agrees:

5.1.1 to provide Distributor and Distributor's Customers technical assistance and support for the Products via access to the Company's technical services telephone line at such times as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion;

5.1.2 to attend regional sales meetings and national conventions as reasonably requested by the Distributor; and

5.1.3 to provide training classes for the Distributor's sales and internal Product support personnel on the Products as requested by the Distributor and agreed to by the Company.

6.     Restrictions on Distributor

6.1     The Distributor hereby agrees:

6.1.1     to obtain Products and supplies related to the Products only from the Company;

6.1.2 in relation to the Products, not to seek Customers outside the Territory or establish any branch or maintain any distribution depot outside the Territory;

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

6.1.3 it may market and promote Products to users for ambulatory (non-surgical) applications only. Distributor shall not sell, market or promote Products for use in critical care, intensive care or surgical settings.

7.     Prices and Terms

7.1 The Prices for the Products will be as set out on Schedule 1. Such Prices may be increased from time to time by the Company.

7.2 The Products will be supplied FOB Shipping Point freight prepaid. Freight costs will be included on the invoice.

7.3 All invoices submitted by the Company to the Distributor shall be payable within [****] after the date of such invoice. If the Distributor fails to pay or procure payment of the full amount when due, and without in any manner excusing such violation, the

Distributor agrees to pay the Company interest at the greater of: (i) a rate of [****] per month; or (ii) the highest rate legally permissible on the amount (including interest) due and owing to the Company, from the date the payment is due. The Distributor also agrees to pay all collection costs, expenses and reasonable attorney fees for collection of any amount due and unpaid. Without prejudice to any of its other rights, the Company may withhold shipments of the Products if the Distributor has not paid an invoice when due.

7.4 The Distributor shall bear the cost of any sales, excise or other taxes imposed by any governmental authority unless appropriate tax exemption certificate or resale certificate is provided to the Company prior to shipment.

7.5     The Distributor agrees to comply with Company's standard ordering methods, set out on

Schedule 2.

7.6 The Distributor shall establish and maintain creditworthiness with the Company, which shall be established prior to the effective date of this Agreement in the sole judgment of the Company, based on the Company's review of Distributor's credit references.

8.     Supply of Products

8.1 Subject to availability, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to supply the Distributor's requirements for the Products. No order shall be effective until approved and accepted in writing by the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, reject or cancel any order for any or no reason and the Company shall incur no liability of any kind for such action or for any delay or failure of delivery or performance.

8.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from selling or supplying Products to third parties in or outside the Territory.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

8.3 The Company will provide free of charge Product literature as reasonably requested by Distributor.     If the Company determines that the Distributor's requests for Products literature are in excess of Company 's reasonable capacity, then Company and the Distributor shall mutually agree upon a fee schedule for Product literature.

8.4 The Distributor hereby agrees that if it makes reference to or statements about the Products in the Distributor's own catalogues, promotional literature, advertisements or the like:

8.4.1 it will inform the Company in advance and take such steps as the Company may reasonably require to ensure the accuracy of any such references or statements; and

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

8.4.2 it will incorporate such references to the Company and to the Company's patents, trademarks, copyrights and other Intellectual Property Rights as the Company may reasonably require.

8.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to give the Distributor any right of priority over the Company's other distributors or customers.

8.6 Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Distributor to give the Company any right of priority over the Distributor's other contracted vendors.

8.7 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Company from ceasing to make or sell all or any of the Products at any time; or from modifying or replacing any of the Products at any time; or making or selling products which are competitive with the Products; all with a 60 day written notice to the Distributor.

9.     Confidentiality

9.1 Confidential Information shall mean all information supplied by one Party to the other Party, or to which a Party has access including all written material, product samples, Specifications, drawings, designs, plans, layouts, procedures, computer programs, models, prototypes, business plans, financial information, customer lists or other information of any description belonging to a Party or in the other Party's possession.

9.2 Each of the Parties shall keep secret and use only for the purposes of this Agreement all oral or written Confidential Information.

9.3 The obligations of confidentiality and non-use shall expire five (5) years from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no obligation of confidentiality or non-use shall apply at any time to information which:

9.3.1     is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;

9.3.2 comes into the public domain, otherwise than by reason of the act or omission of the Party who receives the same (the "Recipient");

9.3.3     is supplied to the Recipient by a third party having a legal right to do so;

9.3.4 can be proved to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party to have been developed independently by the Recipient without resort to the disclosure; or

9.3.5 which the Recipient is obligated to disclose by law or by any body having the force of law.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

9.4     The Company and the Distributor agree that it is for their mutual benefit for the other

Party to receive the Confidential Information, accordingly the Parties agree that it shall:

9.4.1 maintain in confidence the Confidential Information and will only use the information as required under this Agreement;

9.4.2 not disclose such Confidential Information to any third party who is not bound by this Agreement other than properly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Party who are required to receive the Confidential Information on a need-to­ know basis for implementing this Agreement;

9.4.3     not copy or duplicate or in any way reproduce or replicate the Confidential

Information except as needed to implement this Agreement; and

9.4.4 without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall exercise an equivalent degree of care in protecting the Confidential Information as that which it uses to protect its own information of like sensitivity and importance.

10. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) Compliance.The Parties agree to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA"). The Distributor agrees to keep any protected health information including, but not limited to, the identity of the customers, their medical records and other related confidential medical information, in confidence. Distributor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Federal and local laws and regulations regarding the p1ivacy of individually identifiable health infom1ation (including its collection, use, storage, and disclosure), including, but not limited to, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be amended from time to time. Distributor will use all reasonable efforts to protect the privacy and security of Patient Data and will require its business partners to do so also.

11. Intellectual Property Rights

11.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Distributor any license or

1ight to any Intellectual Property Rights belonging to the Company.

11.2 The Distributor shall resell the Products only in the original packaging for the Products and shall not alter such packaging or labelling without the Company's prior written consent.

11.3 The Distributor shall comply with all reasonable requests by the Company with regard to identification of the Company's Intellectual Property Rights and the like on any promotional material prepared by the Distributor in connection with the Products.

12. Duration of Agreement

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

12.1 Subject to the following provisions, this Agreement shall be deemed to commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Term"), provided that either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time upon [****] prior written notice to the other Party. The Parties may at any time agree in writing to extend the Term or to renew this Agreement.

12.2 The Company may terminate this Agreement immediately, by providing written notice to the Distributor, in the event of any of the following events:

12.2.1 the Distributor is in breach of this Agreement and has not remedied such breach within [****] of receiving written notice from the Company to do so;

12.2.2 the effective control of the Distributor shall change; or

12.2.3 the Distributor shall become insolvent or have a receiver appointed of its business or go into liquidation (except for the purposes of amalgamation or reorganization).

13.    Consequence of Termination

13.1     If for any reason this Agreement shall be terminated:

13.1.1 the Distributor will promptly pay all outstanding unpaid invoices rendered by the Company in respect of the Products which shall become immediately due and payable by the Distributor, and in respect of Products ordered prior to termination but for which an invoice has not been submitted, the Distributor shall pay immediately upon submission of the invoice;

13.1.2 termination or expiration of this Agreement for whatever reason shall not entitle the Distributor to any compensation or indemnity in respect of such termination or expiry except to the extent that the governing law of this Agreement provides for such compensation or indemnity; and

13.1.3 the Distributor will, free of charge, return to the Company all tangible know-how and confidential information, promotional material, and all other literature and merchandise of any description relating to the Products or the Company's business and shall cease to use any of the Company's Intellectual Property Rights except as and to the extent necessary to sell any of the Products which the Distributor has in its inventory.

13.2 Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice the rights and remedies of either Patty against the other in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of this Agreement, except that neither Party shall be entitled to claim damages against the other for termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12. The provisions of Sections 3, 5, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13 and 16 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

14.    Indemnification

14.1 Both parties to this Agreement shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses (including, but not limited to attorney fees) and liability from:

14.1.1 losses relating to liability of the other party as an employer for claims by the other

party's employees or agents; and

14.1.2 injury to persons or damage to property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the other party or its agents in the sale, transportation, possession or use of the Products.

14.2 The Distributor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses (including, but not limited to attorney fees) and liability from any claim arising from warranties made by the Distributor different from or in addition to those made in writing by the Company.

15. Returned Products

Prior authorization from the Company is required before a return of any Product will be accepted. Contact the Company's customer service at 877-339-2664. The Company accepts no responsibility for Product returned without prior authorization. The Company will provide full credit for Product shipped in Company error, damaged or defective when shipped including applicable shipping charges. No partial case quantities will be accepted. Any unauthorized returned Product will be returned at the Distributor's expense. The Company will also provide full credit for Product shipped in accordance with its standard 30 day money back guarantee. The Distributor shall not under any circumstances receive returned Products for placement into its inventory.

16. Representations And Warranties

16.1 Law, Licenses, and Permits. Both parties to this Agreement are in compliance with any and all laws and regulations governing the sale of the Products and have all licenses and permits necessary to represent the Products in the Territory. Distributor further represents and warrants that the solicitation and sale of Company's Products under this Agreement will not violate any law or regulation, including any law or regulation governing the sale of Products in the Territory.

16.2 Organization/Power/Authority. Distributor and the Company, if other than individuals, are duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state and country of their organization and are entitled to own or lease their properties and to carry on their businesses as and in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated, or such businesses are now conducted. Both parties to this Agreement have full power and authority to provide the services specified herein and all corporate and other proceedings necessary to be taken by both parties in connection with the transactions provided for by this Agreement and necessary to make the same effective have been duly and validly taken, and this Agreement has been duly a

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

nd validly executed and delivered by both parties and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of both parties in accordance with their terms subject to the laws regarding creditors’ rights, bankruptcy and general principles of equity.

16.3Non-Breach. Etc. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation

of the transactions contemplated hereby by both parties to this Agreement will not (a)violate or breach either party's Articles of Incorporation or Organization or Bylaws as applicable, (b) result in a breach of any of the terms or conditions of, or constitute a default under, any mortgage. note, bond, indenture, agreement. license or other instrument or obligation to which either party is now a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected, or (c) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, administrative agency or governmental body in any respect, the violation or breach of which would prevent either party from consummating the transactions contemplated herein or have a material adverse effect on the business financial or otherwise of the other party.

16.4 Consents. Distributor is not and will not be required to give any notice to or obtain any consent from any person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

17.     General Provisions

17.1 Notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be properly served only if it is in writing addressed as set out below. Notice may be sent by any of the following methods: (ii) nationally recognized overnight courier service; (iii) U.S. Postal Service certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Service shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of delivery or on the date which is seven (7) days from the date of deposit in the U.S. Postal Service in the manner described above. Either party may change the names, addresses and facsimile numbers for receipt of notice by complying with this Section

17.1.

If to the Company: DexCom, Inc.

6340 Sequence Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: The President

With a copy to DexCom, Inc.

6340 Sequence Drive

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn: Legal Department

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

(858) 200-0200

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

If to the Distributor:

Diabetes Specialty Center, LLC
3793 South State St.
Salt Lake City, UT 84115
Attn: Marc Cohen

with a copy to:    

Attn: General Counsel

17.2     Assignment. The Distributor may not assign this Agreement in whole or in part.

17.3 Force Majeure.If either pm1y to this Agreement is delayed or prevented from fulfilling any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than an obligation to pay money) by an event of force majeure, said party shall not be liable under this Agreement for said delay or failure. "Force Majeure" shall mean any cause beyond the reasonable control of a party including, but not limited to, acts of God, vandalism, wars, terrorism, civil unrest, blockades, strikes, lightning, fires, floods, explosions, hurricanes, and other causes not within the control of the party claiming a force majeure situation. The party claiming an event of force majeure shall promptly notify the other party by providing written notice of the reason for the delay, the anticipated length of time and alternate proposals, if any, which the party wishes to make to alleviate any difficulties or hardships which may be suffered as a result of the delay. The notification shall be by telephonic communications, confirmed by letter sent in accordance with Section 17.1. Neither party to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in default by reason of delay or failure due to force majeure.

17.4 Waiver. A waiver by either party of a breach or failure to perform shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure.

17.5 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid or unenforceable or contrary to public policy, such provision shall be treated as severable, leaving valid the remainder of this Agreement.

17.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original document, but all of which together shall constitute only one Agreement.

17.7 Applicable Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to such State's conflict of laws principles applicable to contracts made and performed wholly with in such State. The Distributor hereby irrevocably agrees and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of California and to accept service by pre-paid registered letter of any writ or summons in any such action notwithstanding that Distributor may otherwise be considered outside the jurisdiction of the California courts.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

17.8 Authorization. Each of the persons executing this Agreement on behalf of a corporation or other legal entity personally warrants and represents that s/he has the requisite and necessary approval and authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the corporation or other legal entity on whose behalf that person signed.

17.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including amendment(s) if any, together with the Schedules identified herein, constitutes the complete understanding of the parties and supersedes any and all other agreements, ether oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and no other agreement, statement or promise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement which is not contained herein shall be valid or binding.

17.10 Amendments. Except for amendments to Schedule 1 regarding pricing and products offered, which Company may amend with 60 days written notice to Distributor, no modification, change or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the Parties have exectuted this Agreement as of date first set out above.

Signed by: /s/ Jess Roper_____

Jess Roper

Chief Financial Officer

Title:

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by /s/ Marc Cohen

Title:

For and on behalf of Diabetes Specialty Center

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

SCHEDULE 1

The Products and the Prices

Products - SEVEN PLUS

Product	Description	Transfer Price
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Starter Kit	[****]
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of four (4)) ("Sensor 4-pack")	[****]
STR-70-030	SEVEN PLUS Receiver	[****]
STT-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Transmitter	[****]

* The Products will be supplied [****]. Freight costs will be included on invoice. Sales tax to be paid by [****].

** [****].

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

SCHEDULE2

Ordering Methods

Ordering: (see note below)

Order merchandise by PRODUCT REORDER NUMBER.

Phone Orders:

Call Customer Service toll free at 1-877-339-2664 from 6:00 a.m. to 5:00p.m. Pacific time. Orders requiring overnight delivery must be placed by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time.

Fax Orders:

Fax to Customer Service, 1--877-633-9266. Orders requiring overnight delivery must be received by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time.

E-mail Orders:

E-mail to CustomerService@dexcom.com

Attach your purchase order form and utilize the following format when ordering via e­

mail.

Distributor Account Number

Distributor Name

Distributor Bill to and ship to address

Purchase order number

Date Product is required

Ship via [****]

Product Reorder Number

Quantity

Unit Price

Total Price per Line

Contact name, phone, fax and e-mail for confirmation

Notice if confirmation is required.

This e-mail address should be used for ORDERS ONLY.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Schedule 3

Sales Tracing Report Format

Required Reporting Frequency: Daily

Required Reporting Method or Venue: Web-portal

File Type: csv

De-limiting character: “,” comma with values enclosed by Quotation Marks

Tracing Reports should be in the following format & should not-deviate in order from one report to the next:

Field Name	Type	Description
Distributor Branch ID	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor ID provided by Distributor (Branch ID)
DistName	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor Name if provided by Distributor
DistCity	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor City if provided by Distributor
DistState	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor State if provided by Distributor
Referral Source	Alpha/Numeric	Designates Dexcom or Distributor referred patient
Ship-to Party ID	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Customer ID for this Party
Ship-to First Name	Alpha/Numeric	Customer Name
Ship-to Last Name	Alpha/Numeric	Customer Name
Ship-to Address1	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 1
Ship-to Address2	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 2
Ship-to Address3	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 3
Ship-to City	Alpha/Numeric	Facility City
Ship-to State	Alpha/Numeric	Facility State
Ship-to ZipCode	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Zip code
Ship-to Phone Number	Number	Customer's Phone Number
Ship-to Date of Birth	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Date of Birth
Ship-to email	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's email address
Bill-to Party ID	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Customer ID for this Party
Bill-to Name	Alpha/Numeric	Billing Name
Bill-to Address1	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 1
Bill-to Address2	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 2
Bill-to Address3	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Address 3
Bill-to City	Alpha/Numeric	Facility City
Bill-to State	Alpha/Numeric	Facility State
Bill-to ZipCode	Alpha/Numeric	Facility Zip code
Primary Insurance Policy ID #	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Policy ID #
Primary Insurance Payor	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Payer
PrimaryInsurance Plan	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Plan

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Primary Unique Insurance #	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Unique Identifier for this specific plan at the lowest level
Primary Insurance Phone #	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Payer's Phone #
Secondary Insurance Policy ID #	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Policy ID #
Secondary Insurance Payor	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Payer
Secondary Insurance Plan	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Plan
Secondary Unique Insurance #	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Unique Identifier for this specific plan at the lowest level
Secondary Insurance Phone #	Alpha/Numeric	Customer's Insurance Payer's Phone #
Secondary Insurance Co-Pay Amount	Currency	Customer's portion of financial responsibilty
Secondary Insurance Allowable Amount	Currency	Financial Amount Insurance Company will Cover
Persription Expiration Date	Date	Persription Expiration Date (MM/DD/YYYY)
Perscribing Physician's NPI #	Alpha/Numeric	Physician's National Provider Identifier (NPI) #
Perscribing Physician's Last Name	Alpha	Perscribers Last Name
Perscribing Physician's First Name	Alpha	Perscribers First Name
Perscribing Physician's City	Alpha/Numeric	Perscribing Physician's City
Perscribing Physician's State	Alpha	Perscribing Physician's State
Perscribing Physician's Zip	Number	Perscribing Physician's Zip
Contract#	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Contract Number
Transaction Type Description	Alpha/Numeric	Product Transaction Type: What type of sale is this? Standard Sale, Return, Inventory Adjustment, Transfer between branches.
Return Good Authorization (RGA) Number	Alpha/Numeric	Quality Number procured from Dexcom, if product is to be returned to Dexcom
Invoice/Transaction Number (Debit or Credit)	Alpha/Numeric	Distributor's Invoice/Transaction Number (Debit or Credit)
InvoiceDate	Date	Date of Distributor's Invoice (MM/DD/YYYY)
ProductID	Alpha/Numeric	Manufacturer Product ID (SKU)
ProductDescription	Alpha/Numeric	Product Description reported by Distributor
Product Serial Number	Alpha/Numeric	Product's Serial Number (only applicable for STKs)
Product Lot Number	Alpha/Numeric	Product's Lot Number
Quantity	Number	Quantity Sold
UOM	Alpha/Numeric	Product Unit of Measure (i.e. kit, 4-pack box, sensor, crate, skid)
UnitCost	Currency	Distributor's Contract Cost (If provided) - Unit Cost preferred to Total Cost
UnitRebate	Currency	Distributor's Rebate (if claimed) - Unit Rebate preferred to Total Rebate

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Schedule 4

Forecast, Ordering and Acceptance Requirements

I.    Forecast. Once Distributor's orders from its existing installed base exceeds more than 50 starter kits per month, Distributor shall deliver to Company its forecast (the "Forecast") of the expected requirements for Products in the Territory for the following twelve (12) month pe1iod. Thereafter, Distributor shall update such Forecast on a quarterly basis and provide it to Company at least five days prior to the first of each calendar

quarter.

II.     Orders, Shipping. Orders will be initiated by a written order, electronic equivalent or facsimile issued to DexCom (the "Order"). Each Order shall include information as set forth in Schedule 2. The first Order provided by Distributor shall cover the first binding commitment period. Each subsequent Order shall cover the new binding commitment from the Forecast. Products to be delivered per dates indicated on firm Orders shall be subject to a minimum of [****] lead time afforded to the Company. An Order shall be deemed to have been placed as of the date of receipt of the Order by Company. The Company shall promptly acknowledge receipt of each Order in writing, via fax or email and shall without undue delay confirm such order, unless such order is for a quantity in excess of the

Forecast, in which case the Company shall confirm it if it is able to meet such order using commercially reasonable efforts. If the aggregate of the quantities ordered are less than the quantity committed in the Forecast, Distributor shall be deemed to have submitted additional Orders for the balance, to be delivered in the following calendar quarter. If Distributor requests Company to supply quantities in any calendar quarter in excess of the maximum quantity committed in the Forecast, Company shall endeavor reasonably within the constraints of its production schedules and other commitments to meet all or part of

such requests, but Company shall have no obligation to supply quantities in excess of the maximum qum1tity committed under the Forecast. Where necessary, Company will advise Distributor of necessary revisions to delivery dates and quantities for the portion of

Order(s) in excess. For any Order (or portion thereof) having a shorter lead time than the agreed-to lead time requirements set forth herein, or in excess of the Forecast, Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate such shorter lead time or fill such excess. All freight, insurance and other shipping expenses, as well as any special packing expenses, will be paid by Distributor.

III.     Acceptance. If and when Distributor receives any shipments, then within [****] following a receipt of a shipment, Distributor shall perform a visual inspection (in accordance with Distributor's standard procedures) of the Products received and shall inform Company in writing of any non-conformity of the supplied Products to the specifications as shown in such inspection or other defect in the Products. In the absence of written notice to Company of a specified non-conformity within [****] days of the end of [****] period, the Products shall be deemed to be accepted by Distributor. If any latent defect in the Products is subsequently discovered that is not the result of Distributor's or its agents' handling, modification, or

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

storage of the Products since delivery to the carrier by Company, Distributor shall promptly so inform Company together with all available details and information regarding the situation, including all records of Distributor's or its agents' handling, modification, and storage of the Products since delivery to the carrier by Company. In case of a justifiable claim of non-conformity, Company shall either (at Company's option) replace the defective portion of the Products at no additional cost to Distributor or cancel the order and refund any portion of the price that may to that time have been paid to Company under this Agreement for the sale in question. If Distributor rejects any Products and Company does not agree that Distributor is justified in doing so, the parties will attempt to resolve the situation in good faith, and if necessary, an independent laboratory acceptable to both parties shall utilize agreed upon test methods to test the products in dispute and to audit Distributor's and its agents' handling and storage of the products since delivery to the carrier by Company. The costs of such independent laboratory shall be borne by the parties equally; provided, however, that the party that is determined to have been incorrect in the dispute shall be responsible for all such costs and shall reimburse the correct party for its share of the costs incurred. The independent laboratory's findings shall be in writing and shall be binding on both parties.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Amendment Number One to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement

This Amendment Number One to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement (“Amendment Number One”) is made as of this 30 day of September, 2010, by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of business at 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and Diabetes Specialty Center LLC, a Utah corporation with offices at 3793 South State St., Salt Lake City, UT 84115 (the “Distributor”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor previously entered into a Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective October 12, 2009 (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein in accordance with Section 2.2 and 17.10 of the Agreement.

THEREFORE, Company and Distributor agree as follows:

1.    Schedule 1. Schedule 1 shall be amended to read as follows:

SCHEDULE 1

The Products and the Prices

Pricing set forth below shall be effective on October 1, 2010.

SEVEN PLUS

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product SKU	Product Description	Transfer Price*
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Starter Kit*	[****]
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of four (4))*	[****]
STR-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Receiver*	[****]
STT-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Transmitter*	[****]

* The Products will be supplied [****] and sales tax to be paid by [****].

** [****]

2. Section 4. A new section 4.1.31 shall be added as follows:

4.1.31. not to sell any Products where the shelf-life on the Product is less than the time of reasonable consumption by the Customer, and in no instance to ship Product with a shelf-life of less than [****].

3.Section 4. A new section 4.1.32 shall be added as follows:

4.1.32. to adhere to the requirements set forth in the Quality Agreement, Schedule 5;

4. Section 4. A new section 4.1.33 shall be added as follows:

4.1.33. to ship Products to Customer within 3 business days of receiving prior authorization approval from the Customer’s insurance company, or in the alternative,

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

upon notice of a denial of a prior authorization request, to inform the Company within 24 hours of such denial;

5. Section 4: A new section 4.1.34 shall be added as follows:

4.1.34. to provide, within seven days of the end of each calendar month, a report detailing Distributor’s month-end inventory balance of Products (which report Company shall retain the right to audit on a periodic basis with advance notice to Distributor).

6. Section 5. A new section 5.1.4 shall be added as follows:

5.1.4. to stock sensors with Distributor based on purchase orders submitted by Distributor.

7. Schedule 5. A new Schedule 5 shall be added as follows:

Quality Agreement

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This Quality Agreement (the “Quality Agreement”) is incorporated within the Distribution Agreement that was effective October 12, 2009, between Distributor and Company pertaining to the distribution and sale of Products (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement. To the extent the terms of the Quality Agreement and the Agreement conflict, the terms set forth in the Quality Agreement shall superseded the Agreement.

1.2 This Quality Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Agreement expires, is terminated or the Quality Agreement is modified.

2.0 PROCESS CONTROLS

2.1 Distributor shall be responsible for supplier appropriate process control activities relative to the Products, including but not limited to, assurance of receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control and facility contamination control.

2.2 Company shall provide evidence that packaging containers maintain the integrity, quality, function, and sterility of the product for the entire shelf life, and not produce toxic residues during storage. Packaging must prevent or indicate the occurrence of tampering.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

3.0 TRAINING AND DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL

3.1 Distributor must train its employees to perform their job function and to this Quality Agreement as required.

4.0 QUALIFICATION

4.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing qualified processes and systems as required of suppliers (e.g. computer system) by law.

5.0 DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING

5.1 Products shipped by the Distributor must be shipped using standard procedures for the handling, storage, packaging, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

5.2 Distributor shall deliver Products to its customers using standard procedures for handling, storage, packing, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.0 LOT TRACEABILITY

6.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain appropriate procedures for identifying the Products by suitable means from receipt and during all stages of delivery.

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS System Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Receiver	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Transmitter	Lot Number identified on the box

7.0 PACKAGING AND LABELING

7.1 Company shall provide packaging and labeling specifications that call out clear labeling requirements.

7.2 Company shall ensure that the labels, inserts and accompanying documentation satisfy the requirements of the applicable regulations.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

8.0 COMPLAINT HANDLING AND REPORTING

8.1 Distributor shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling complaints pertaining to the process of distributing Products under the Agreement pursuant to current Distributor policy. This system shall include receipt, review, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. Distributor will not knowingly perform any Device Complaint handling, as defined below.

8.2 Company shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling Device Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. A “Device Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to Product functionality, trouble shooting, or adverse events. This system shall include receipt, review, investigation, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files.

8.3 Company shall notify Distributor in writing of legal and regulatory matters relating to the Products, including:

8.3.1 Any regulatory actions by governmental authorities (e.g., inspection citations, warning letters, or other non-conformance notices).

8.3.2 Regulatory enforcement actions such as injunctions or seizures.

8.3.3 FDA registration activity (e.g., non-conformance notices, hold points).

8.3.4 Complaints received from Customers within the Territory that have not been processed through the Company’s complaint handling system.

8.3.5 Adverse incidents relating to Customers within the Territory (e.g., MDR’s.).

8.4 Distributor shall notify Company in writing of the following:

8.4.1 Any serious regulatory action relating to the Products that Distributor may become aware of.

8.4.2 Escalated Complaints regarding Products or Instruments. Distributor shall code, trend and report monthly Escalated Complaint data pertaining to Products, at Distributor’s request.

8.4.3 Distributor shall forward all complaints pertaining to Products and Instruments to Company no later than 10 working days following Distributor’s initial receipt of the complaint.

9.0 FIELD ACTIONS

9.1 The Company will be responsible for the initiation and cost of any recalls or other field actions related to the Products.

9.2 Both parties will comply with recalls or general corrective actions, provided such recalls or general corrective actions do not, in the opinion of Company violate or cause Company to violate the laws of any jurisdiction affected by the recalls or corrective action.

9.3 If Distributor and Company do not agree on a course of action, Company may initiate field actions related to the Products, but may not use field action to cause Distributor to lose Customers.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

10.0 AUDITS

10.1 Company shall have the right to conduct audits of Distributor’s facilities and operations during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to Distributor in order to assess compliance with all applicable regulations, procedures and this Quality Agreement. Any such audits will be conducted by a national “big four” independent accounting firm (or other independent accounting firm whose audit department is a separate stand alone function of its business and which possesses liability insurance with coverage of at least [****]), subject to such firm’s execution of a confidentiality agreement in form reasonably acceptable to Distributor. Company shall be permitted to conduct one audit per calendar year.

11.0 RECORD RETENTION

11.1 Both parties shall retain all medical records as required by law.

12.0 REGULATORY AND REGISTRATION ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Company, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon registration costs of Products in the Territory. Company shall provide sufficient data and information to support such registrations.

13.0 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTOR REQUIREMENTS

13.1 Records should be accurate, indelible and legible. Entries must be dated and the person performing a documented task must be identified. Records must provide a complete history of the work performed.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

8. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Amendment Number One as of date first set out above.

Signed by:    /s/ Jess Roper            

Jess Roper

Title:     V.P. and Chief Financial Officer

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by: /s/ Marc Cohen

Name:

Title:         

for and on behalf of Diabetes Specialty Center

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Diabetes Specialty Center LLC

Amendment Number Two to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement

This Amendment Number Two to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement (“Amendment Number Two”) is made as of this 11th day of October, 2011, by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of business at 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and Diabetes Specialty Center LLC, a Utah corporation with offices at 3793 South State St., Salt Lake City, UT 84115 (the “Distributor”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor previously entered into a Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective October 12, 2009, as amended by Amendment Number One to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective September 30, 2010 (collectively, the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein in accordance with 17.10 of the Agreement.

THEREFORE, Company and Distributor agree as follows:

1. Section 12.1 of the Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

12.1    Subject to the following provisions, this Agreement was effective on October 12, 2009, and shall renew automatically for successive one year terms on each subsequent October 12; provided that either party may terminate this Agreement upon [****] advance written notice to the other party.

2. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Amendment Number Two as of date first set out above.

Signed by:    /s/ Jess Roper            

Jess Roper

Title:     V.P. and Chief Financial Officer

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by:            /s/ Marc Cohen    

Name:

Title:         

for and on behalf of

Diabetes Specialty Center LLC

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Amendment Number Three to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement

This Amendment Number Three to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement (“Amendment Number Three”) is made as of this 14 day of November, 2012, by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of business at 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and Byram Healthcare and all subsidiaries, a Utah corporation with a principal office at 3793 S. State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah 84115 (the “Distributor”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor previously entered into a Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010 and October 11, 2011, and pursuant to the Dexcom consent to the assignment of the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement to Byram Healthcare dated May 2, 2012 (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein in accordance with Section 2.2 and 17.10 of the Agreement.

THEREFORE, Company and Distributor agree as follows:

1.SECTION 4. Section 4.1.31 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4.1.31 not to stock more than one month of Receiver, Transmitter and Sensor inventory; provided however that Company acknowledges that, from time to time, Distributor may stock an amount of Receiver, Transmitter and Sensor inventory equal to more than one month based on demand fluctuations. Distributor also agrees not to sell any Sensors where the shelf-life on the Sensors is less than the time of reasonable

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

consumption by the Customer, and in no instance to ship Sensors with a shelf-like of less than [****].

2.SECTION 4. Section 4.1.34 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

4.1.34 to provide, within [****] of the end of each calendar month, a report detailing Distributor’s month-end inventory balance of Products (which report Company shall retain the right to audit on a periodic basis with advance notice to Distributor).

3.SECTION 4. A new section 4.1.35 shall be added as follows:

4.1.35 to maintain a valid and current prescription on file for ongoing product orders.

4.SECTION 4. A new section 4.1.36 shall be added as follows:

4.1.36 to ship the Products on or before the date indicated on the Product packaging, if applicable, which appears in the following format: SB- YYYY-MM-DD (the “Ship-By Date”). If the Product packaging does not contain a Ship-By Date, then Distributor shall ship the Product at least two (2) months prior to the expiration date listed on the Product packaging (the “Expiration Date”) or with at least [****] of shelf life left ("Shelf Life Date", and together with the Ship-By Date and Expiration Date, the "Required Ship Date). If Distributor fails to ship Products by the applicable Required Ship Date, then Distributor shall be obligated to pay or cure any product warranty claims or defective product claims at its own cost and expense, and/or reimburse the Company for any related costs or expenses the Company incurs.

5.SCHEDULE 1. Schedule 1 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Products –

Dexcom SEVEN PLUS

Product	Description	Transfer Price*
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of four (4))	[****]

Dexcom G4 Platinum

Product	Description	Transfer Price*
STS-GL-041	Dexcom G4 Platinum Sensor Kit (package of four (4))	[****]
STK-GL-001	Dexcom G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLK	[****]
STK-GL-PNK	Dexcom G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – PNK	[****]
STK-GL-BLU	Dexcom G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLU	[****]
STS-GL-003	Dexcom G4 Transmitter Kit	[****]

* The Products will be supplied [****] and sales taxes to be paid by [****].

** [****]

6. SCHEDULE 3. Schedule 3 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

SCHEDULE 3

Sales Tracing Report Format

Required Reporting Frequency: Daily

Format: .csv (comma-delimited file)

Delivery method: Dexcom controlled secure file transfer protocol site specific to the distributor

Sales tracings will include the following fields:

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Field	Format	Comments
Customer ID Number	Text	A unique identifying number for each customer
Customer First Name	Text
Customer Last Name	Text
Customer Address	Text	For ZIP Code use 5-character; text so leading zeros are included; no Zip + 4 numbers
Customer DOB	Text	MM/DD/YYYY
Physician First Name	Text
Physician Last Name	Text
Physician ZIP Code	Text	5-character; text so leading zeros are included; no Zip + 4 numbers
Physician NPI	Text
Insurance Name	Text
Dexcom Item Number	Text
Item Quantity	Text	Unit quantity - e.g. 1 box of sensors is '1', and not the number of individual sensors included
Date of Shipment	Text	MM/DD/YYYY
Hardware serial number	Text	Where distributor stocks and ships hardware
Shipper	Text	Dexcom or Distributor, where distributor provides tracings including shipments from both locations

[END OF SCHEDULE 3]

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

7. SCHEDULE 5. Schedule 5 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Quality Agreement

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This Quality Agreement (the “Quality Agreement”) is incorporated within the Distribution Agreement dated October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010 and October 11, 2011 between Distributor and Company pertaining to the distribution and sale of Products. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

1.2 This Quality Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Agreement expires, is terminated or the Quality Agreement is modified.

2.0 DEFINITIONS / ACRONYMS

2.1 “Applicable Documents”: Documents used to develop a specific document (i.e. standards, regulations) and documents referenced in the text of the specific document.

2.2 "Government Agency" means any body which has the authority to act on behalf of the government of the Union or State to ensure that the requirements of all laws applicable to the Products and Distributor are carried out and adhered to in the State.

2.3 "Customer Complaint" means any written, electronic or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety or performance of a medical device that has been placed on the market.

2.4 “CGM”: Continuous Glucose Monitoring.

2.5 “Correction” means repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection (including patient monitoring) of a product without its physical removal to some other location.

2.6 “Document” means any information, either written or stored electronically, including specifications, procedures, standards, methods, instructions, plans, files, forms, notes, reviews, analyses, and reports.

2.7 “Government Agency” means a federal (e.g. FDA) or state (Health and Human Services Food and Drug Branch) organization that has the power to provide services for conformity assessment on the conditions set out in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) and United States Code (U.S.C) as part for the sale of medical device products. This normally means assessing the manufacturers conformity to the essential requirements listed in each directive.

2.8 “Lot” or “Batch” means one or more components or finished devices that consist of a single type, model, class, size, composition, or software version that are manufactured

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

under essentially the same conditions and that are intended to have uniform characteristics and quality within specified limits.

2.9 “Label” means a display of written, printed, or graphic matter upon the immediate container of any article. Any word, statement, or other information appearing on the immediate container must also appear “on the outside container or wrapper, if any there be, of the retain package of such article, or is easily legible through the outside container of wrapper.”

2.10 “Labeling” means any Labels and other written, printed, or graphic matter (1) upon any article or any of its containers or wrappers, or (2) displaying such article” at any time while a device is held for sale after shipment or delivery for shipment in interstate commerce.

2.11 “Quality Records” means Documents containing recorded information, regardless of the medium or characteristic, which demonstrate the effectiveness of the quality management system and that provide evidence that products meet regulatory requirements and comply with specified product requirements.

2.12 “Removal” means the physical removal of a device from its point of use to some other location for repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection.

2.13 “Stock Recovery” means the correction or removal of a device that has not been marketed or that has not left the direct control of the manufacturer, i.e., the device is located on the premises owned, or under the control of, the manufacturer, and no portion of the lot, model, code, or other relevant unit involved in the corrective or removal action has been released for sale or use.

2.14 "Recall" means when there is a risk of death or serious deterioration to the state of health, the return of a medical device to the supplier, its modification by the supplier at the site of installation, its exchange or its destruction, in accordance with the instructions contained in the advisory notice.

2.15 "Medical Device Reporting System" is a system of incident reporting to the Federal Food and Drug Administration (FDA), for all medical devices which are approved for inter-state commerce, where such incidents lead to corrective action relevant to medical devices. Medical Device Reporting Systems maintained by the Distributor shall comply with all applicable laws, the rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal or any State. This system is intended to allow data to be correlated between the FDA and manufactures to improve the protection of health and safety of patients, users and others by reducing the likelihood of the same type of adverse incident being repeated in different places at different times.

3.0 PROCESS CONTROLS

3.1 Both parties shall be responsible for all process control activities relative to the Products, including but not limited to, assurance of receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control, complaint handling and trending and process validations, as required by Title 21 of United States Code of Federal Regulations, and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

3.2 Both parties shall maintain appropriate documented procedures.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

3.3 Company shall provide evidence that packaging containers maintain the integrity, quality, function, and sterility of the product for the entire shelf life, and not produce toxic residues during storage. Packaging must prevent or indicate the occurrence of tampering.

4.0 TRAINING AND DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL

4.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing an effective employee training program and document change control system relative to the receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control and complaint handling and trending at the location of Distributor and its third party suppliers.

4.2 Distributor must train its employees to perform their job function and to this Quality Agreement as required.

5.0 VALIDATION

5.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing qualified processes and systems as required of suppliers (e.g. computer system) by law.

5.2 Both parties shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the distribution of the Products at the location of the Distributor and its third party suppliers.

5.3 Both parties shall develop and implement validation or qualification protocols for significant processes, equipment, and computer systems.

5.4 Company shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the manufacture of the Products at the location of the Company and its third party suppliers.

6.0 DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING

6.1 Products shipped by the Distributor must be shipped using documented procedures for the handling, storage, packaging, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.2 Distributor shall deliver Products to its customers using documented procedures for handling, storage, packing, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.3 Disposables must have at least three months of expiration dating left, unless specific variance by lot number has been agreed to by both parties, before being shipped to any end-user customer.

6.4 The Distributor will not modify any product packaging that it receives from the Company. Shipping containers shall be validated to ensure that the safety and integrity of the Product is maintained during transit, including shipping methods that conform with the Product’s acceptable temperature and humidity ranges.

6.5 Distributor must maintain storage & handling as follows:

Seven Plus Product

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	N/A
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	Max 95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-85% Relative

G4 Platinum Product

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	15-85% Relative
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative

7.0 LOT TRACEABILITY

7.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures for identifying the Products by suitable means from receipt and during all stages of production and delivery. This shall include procedures to provide full lot traceability for each unit, lot, or batch of finished Products during all stages of production and delivery to the Distributor.

7.2 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the first consignee.

7.3 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the end user.

7.4 Both parties shall use reasonable efforts to assist the other in maintaining respective lot traceability.

7.5 Both parties are required to track the following information detailed in the table to the end user.

8.0 Seven Plus Product

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS System Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of one (1) or four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Receiver	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Transmitter	Lot Number identified on the box

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

9.0 G4 Platinum Product

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-GL-001	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-GL-003	G4 Transmitter Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-001	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-011	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of one (1))	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-041	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box

10.0 PACKAGING AND LABELING

10.1 Company shall provide packaging and labeling specifications that call out clear labeling requirements.

10.2 Company shall ensure that the labels, inserts and accompanying documentation satisfy the requirements of the applicable regulations.

10.3 Distributor shall not modify the labels, primary or secondary packaging, inserts or accompanying documentation without the written approval of the Company.

11.0 FINISHED PRODUCT NON-CONFORMANCES

11.1 Any nonconforming finished product requires written approval from Company’s Quality Assurance before shipment to any Customer by Distributor.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

12.0 COMPLAINT HANDLING AND REPORTING

12.1 Distributor shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling all Tier I Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. "Complaint" means any written, electronic, telephone call and/or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness, or performance of a device after it is released to distribution. A complaint is any indication of the failure of a device to meet customer or user expectations for quality or to meet performance specifications. A “Tier I Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to the purchase, payment, billing, delivery, packaging and customer service. This system shall include receipt, review, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. Distributor will not perform any Tier II Complaint Handling, as defined below.

12.2 Company shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling Tier II Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. A “Tier II Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to product functionality, trouble shooting, or adverse events. This system shall include receipt, review, investigation, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. It shall also include adverse event reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities as required by regulations in the applicable jurisdictions.

12.3 Company shall notify Distributor in writing of legal and regulatory matters relating to the Products, including:

12.3.1 Any regulatory actions by governmental authorities (e.g., inspection citations, warning letters, or other non-conformance notices).

12.3.2 Regulatory enforcement actions such as injunctions or seizures.

12.3.3 FDA registration activity (e.g., non-conformance notices, hold points).

12.3.4 Complaints received from Customers within the Territory that have not been processed through the Company’s complaint handling system.

12.3.5 Adverse incidents relating to customers within the Territory (e.g., MDR’s.).

12.4 Distributor shall notify Company in writing of the following:

12.4.1 Any serious regulatory action relating to the Products.

12.4.2 Tier I Complaints regarding Products or Instruments. Distributor shall code, trend and report monthly all phone call inquiries and Tier I Complaint data pertaining to Products.

12.4.3 If an adverse incident is received that may be subject to FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulation that pertain to Products and Instruments, then Distributor shall notify Company no later than 24 hours following Distributor’s initial receipt of the adverse event.

12.4.4 Distributor shall forward all complaints pertaining to Products and Instruments to Company no later than 5 working days following Distributor’s initial receipt of the complaint.

13.0 FIELD ACTIONS

13.1 The Company will be responsible for the initiation of any recalls or other field actions related to the Products.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

13.2 Both parties will comply with recalls or general corrective actions, provided such recalls or general corrective actions do not, in the opinion of Company violate or cause Company to violate the laws of any jurisdiction affected by the recalls or corrective action.

13.3 If Distributor and Company do not agree on a course of action, Company may initiate field actions related to the Products, but may not use field action to cause Distributor to lose Customers.

14.0 AUDITS

14.1 Company shall have the right to conduct audits of Distributor’s facilities and operations during normal business hours at its own expense and upon thirty (30) days notice to Distributor in order to assess compliance with all applicable regulations, procedures and this Quality Agreement. Any such audits will be conducted by a national “big four” independent accounting firm (or other independent accounting firm whose audit department is a separate stand alone function of its business and which possesses liability insurance with coverage of at least [****]), subject to such firm’s execution of a confidentiality agreement in form reasonably acceptable to Distributor. Company shall be permitted to conduct one audit per calendar year or more frequently in the instance there exists a material difference between the inventory records of Distributor and Company.

15.0 RECORD RETENTION

15.1 Both parties shall retain all sales and medical records as required by law.

15.2 Prior to any record destruction pertaining to Company Products and Instruments, the Distributor will notify the Company in writing. If the record destruction is not approved the Company will assume responsibility of the records.

16.0 REGULATORY AND REGISTRATION ADMINISTRATION

16.1 Distributor, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon domestic registration costs in accordance with Federal and State regulations. Distributor shall provide sufficient data and information to support domestic registrations.

16.2 Company, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon registration costs of Products in the Territory. Company shall provide sufficient data and information to support such registrations.

17.0 QUALITY SYSTEM COMPLIANCE

17.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain a quality system in compliance with Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws. Distributor shall also ensure that its contract vendors maintain a quality system in compliance with current Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

17.2 Distributor acknowledges that without registering as an out-of-state home medical device retail facility, an out-of-state home medical device retail facility shall not sell or distribute prescription devices in this state through any person or media other than

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

a wholesaler who is licensed pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 4000) of Division 2 of the California Business and Professions Code.

18.0 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTOR REQUIREMENTS

18.1 Distributor agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Distributor agrees to obtain the necessary licenses to meet its obligations under this agreement.

18.2 Records should be accurate, indelible and legible. Entries must be dated and the person performing a documented task must be identified. Records must provide a complete history of the work performed. Products identified in this Quality Agreement are not in conflict with the laws of the importing country.

[END OF SCHEDULE 5]

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

8. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement that are not modified or amended pursuant to this Amendment Number Three shall remain in full force and effect and unaffected hereby. This Amendment Number Three may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Amendment Number Two as of date first set out above.

Signed by:    /s/ Jess Roper            

Jess Roper

Title:     V.P. and Chief Financial Officer

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by:            /s/ Marc Cohen    

Name:

Title:         

for and on behalf of

_______Byram___________________

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Amendment Number Four to Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement

This Amendment Number Four to the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement (“Amendment Number Two”) is made as of this 1 day of November, 2013, by and between DexCom, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with a principal place of business at 6340 Sequence Drive, San Diego, California 92121 (the "Company") and Byram Healthcare and all subsidiaries, a new Jersey corporation with offices located at 120 Bloomingdale Road, Suite 301, White Plains, NY (the “Distributor”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor previously entered into a Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement, effective October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010, and October 11, 2011, November 14, 2012, and pursuant to the consent to the assignment of the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement to Byram Healthcare dated May 2, 2012 (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Company and Distributor wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein in accordance with Section 2.2 and 17.10 of the Agreement.

THEREFORE, Company and Distributor agree as follows:

1.SECTION 2. Section 2.2 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

2.2 New products may be added to Schedule 1 and included within the scope of the Agreement at the sole and exclusive discretion of the Company. Notice for new products shall be deemed duly given if sent by prepaid mail, addressed to the party at the address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, or to such other address as the parties may have furnished each other in writing. In addition, the

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Company may amend the pricing set forth on Schedule 1 with [****] advance notice provided to Distributor.

REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2.SCHEDULE 1. Schedule 1 is amended to include the following Products:

Dexcom G4 Platinum - Pediatric

Product	Description	Transfer Price*
STK-KD-001	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLK	[****]
STK-KD-PNK	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – PNK	[****]
STK-KD-BLU	Dexcom G4 PLATINUM Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLU	[****]

3.SCHEDULE 5. Schedule 5 is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

SCHEDULE 5

Quality Agreement

1.0 SCOPE

1.1 This Quality Agreement (the “Quality Agreement”) is incorporated within the Distribution Agreement dated October 12, 2009, as amended on September 30, 2010, and October 11, 2011, November 14, 2012, and pursuant to the consent to the assignment of the Non-Exclusive Distribution Agreement to Byram Healthcare dated May 2, 2012 (the “Agreement”) between Distributor and Company pertaining to the distribution and sale of Products. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

1.2 This Quality Agreement shall be effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Agreement expires, is terminated or the Quality Agreement is modified.

2.0 DEFINITIONS / ACRONYMS

2.1 “Applicable Documents”: Documents used to develop a specific document (i.e. standards, regulations) and documents referenced in the text of the specific document.

2.2 "Government Agency" means any body which has the authority to act on behalf of the government of the Union or State to ensure that the requirements of all laws applicable to the Products and Distributor are carried out and adhered to in the State.

2.3 "Customer Complaint" means any written, electronic or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety or performance of a medical device that has been placed on the market.

2.4 “CGM”: Continuous Glucose Monitoring.

2.5 “Correction” means repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection (including patient monitoring) of a product without its physical removal to some other location.

2.6 “Document” means any information, either written or stored electronically, including specifications, procedures, standards, methods, instructions, plans, files, forms, notes, reviews, analyses, and reports.

2.7 “Government Agency” means a federal (e.g. FDA) or state (Health and Human Services Food and Drug Branch) organization that has the power to provide services for conformity assessment on the conditions set out in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) and United States Code (U.S.C) as part for the sale of medical device products. This normally means assessing the manufacturers conformity to the essential requirements listed in each directive.

2.8 “Lot” or “Batch” means one or more components or finished devices that consist of a single type, model, class, size, composition, or software version that are manufactured under essentially the same conditions and that are intended to have uniform characteristics and quality within specified limits.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

2.9 “Label” means a display of written, printed, or graphic matter upon the immediate container of any article. Any word, statement, or other information appearing on the immediate container must also appear “on the outside container or wrapper, if any there be, of the retain package of such article, or is easily legible through the outside container of wrapper.”

2.10 “Labeling” means any Labels and other written, printed, or graphic matter (1) upon any article or any of its containers or wrappers, or (2) displaying such article” at any time while a device is held for sale after shipment or delivery for shipment in interstate commerce.

2.11 “Quality Records” means Documents containing recorded information, regardless of the medium or characteristic, which demonstrate the effectiveness of the quality management system and that provide evidence that products meet regulatory requirements and comply with specified product requirements.

2.12 “Removal” means the physical removal of a device from its point of use to some other location for repair, modification, adjustment, relabeling, destruction, or inspection.

2.13 “Stock Recovery” means the correction or removal of a device that has not been marketed or that has not left the direct control of the manufacturer, i.e., the device is located on the premises owned, or under the control of, the manufacturer, and no portion of the lot, model, code, or other relevant unit involved in the corrective or removal action has been released for sale or use.

2.14 "Recall" means when there is a risk of death or serious deterioration to the state of health, the return of a medical device to the supplier, its modification by the supplier at the site of installation, its exchange or its destruction, in accordance with the instructions contained in the advisory notice.

2.15 "Medical Device Reporting System" is a system of incident reporting to the Federal Food and Drug Administration (FDA), for all medical devices which are approved for inter-state commerce, where such incidents lead to corrective action relevant to medical devices. Medical Device Reporting Systems maintained by the Distributor shall comply with all applicable laws, the rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal or any State. This system is intended to allow data to be correlated between the FDA and manufactures to improve the protection of health and safety of patients, users and others by reducing the likelihood of the same type of adverse incident being repeated in different places at different times.

3.0 PROCESS CONTROLS

3.1 Both parties shall be responsible for all process control activities relative to the Products, including but not limited to, assurance of receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control, complaint handling and trending and process validations, as required by Title 21 of United States Code of Federal Regulations, and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

3.2 Both parties shall maintain appropriate documented procedures.

3.3 Company shall provide evidence that packaging containers maintain the integrity, quality, function, and sterility of the product for the entire shelf life, and not produce toxic residues during storage. Packaging must prevent or indicate the occurrence of tampering.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

4.0 TRAINING AND DOCUMENT CHANGE CONTROL

4.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing an effective employee training program and document change control system relative to the receipt, identification, traceability, storage, handling, inventory control, contamination control and complaint handling and trending at the location of Distributor and its third party suppliers.

4.2 Distributor must train its employees to perform their job function and to this Quality Agreement as required.

5.0 VALIDATION

5.1 Distributor shall be responsible for managing qualified processes and systems as required of suppliers (e.g. computer system) by law.

5.2 Both parties shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the distribution of the Products at the location of the Distributor and its third party suppliers.

5.3 Both parties shall develop and implement validation or qualification protocols for significant processes, equipment, and computer systems.

5.4 Company shall be responsible for managing an effective product and process validation system relative to the manufacture of the Products at the location of the Company and its third party suppliers.

6.0 DISTRIBUTION AND HANDLING

6.1 Products shipped by the Distributor must be shipped using documented procedures for the handling, storage, packaging, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.2 Distributor shall deliver Products to its customers using documented procedures for handling, storage, packing, preservation, and delivery of the Products.

6.3 Disposables must have at least three months of expiration dating left, unless specific variance by lot number has been agreed to by both parties, before being shipped to any end-user customer.

6.4 The Distributor will not modify any product packaging that it receives from the Company. Shipping containers shall be validated to ensure that the safety and integrity of the Product is maintained during transit, including shipping methods that conform with the Product’s acceptable temperature and humidity ranges.

6.5 Distributor must maintain storage & handling as follows:

Seven Plus Product

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	N/A
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	Max 95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-85% Relative

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

G4 Platinum Product

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	0-95% Relative
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative

G4 Platinum Product - Pediatric

Product Name	Storage Temperature	Humidity
Sensor	2-25°C (36-77°F)	0-95% Relative
Transmitter	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative
Receiver	0-45°C (32-113°F)	10-95% Relative

7.0 LOT TRACEABILITY

7.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures for identifying the Products by suitable means from receipt and during all stages of production and delivery. This shall include procedures to provide full lot traceability for each unit, lot, or batch of finished Products during all stages of production and delivery to the Distributor.

7.2 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the first consignee.

7.3 Distributor shall establish and maintain procedures to provide traceability to the end user.

7.4 Both parties shall use reasonable efforts to assist the other in maintaining respective lot traceability.

7.5 Both parties are required to track the following information detailed in the table to the end user.

8.0 Seven Plus Product

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-7U-030	SEVEN PLUS System Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-7K-041	SEVEN Sensors (package of one (1) or four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Receiver	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-7U- 030	SEVEN PLUS Replacement Transmitter	Lot Number identified on the box

9.0 G4 Platinum Product

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-GL-001	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-GL-003	G4 Transmitter Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-001	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-PNK	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-GL-BLU	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-011	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of one (1))	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-041	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box

10.0 G4 Platinum Product - Pediatric

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

Product	Description	Lot traceability Tracking Requirement
STK-KD-001	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-KD-PNK	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STK-KD-BLU	G4 Platinum Pediatric Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STT-GL-003	G4 Transmitter Kit	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-001	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-PNK	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – PNK	Lot Number identified on the box
STR-KD-BLU	G4 Platinum Replacement Receiver Kit – BLU	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-011	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of one (1))	Lot Number identified on the box
STS-GL-041	G4 Platinum Sensors Kit (package of four (4))	Lot Number identified on the box

11.0 PACKAGING AND LABELING

11.1 Company shall provide packaging and labeling specifications that call out clear labeling requirements.

11.2 Company shall ensure that the labels, inserts and accompanying documentation satisfy the requirements of the applicable regulations.

11.3 Distributor shall not modify the labels, primary or secondary packaging, inserts or accompanying documentation without the written approval of the Company.

12.0 FINISHED PRODUCT NON-CONFORMANCES

12.1 Any nonconforming finished product requires written approval from Company’s Quality Assurance before shipment to any Customer by Distributor.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

13.0 COMPLAINT HANDLING AND REPORTING

13.1 Distributor shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling all Tier I Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. "Complaint" means any written, electronic, telephone call and/or oral communication that alleges deficiencies related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness, or performance of a device after it is released to distribution. A complaint is any indication of the failure of a device to meet customer or user expectations for quality or to meet performance specifications. A “Tier I Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to the purchase, payment, billing, delivery, packaging and customer service. This system shall include receipt, review, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. Distributor will not perform any Tier II Complaint Handling, as defined below.

13.2 Company shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a system for handling Tier II Complaints pertaining to Products distributed under the Agreement. A “Tier II Complaint” includes complaints that pertain to product functionality, trouble shooting, or adverse events. This system shall include receipt, review, investigation, corrective/preventative action and maintenance of files. It shall also include adverse event reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities as required by regulations in the applicable jurisdictions.

13.3 Company shall notify Distributor in writing of legal and regulatory matters relating to the Products, including:

13.3.1 Any regulatory actions by governmental authorities (e.g., inspection citations, warning letters, or other non-conformance notices).

13.3.2 Regulatory enforcement actions such as injunctions or seizures.

13.3.3 FDA registration activity (e.g., non-conformance notices, hold points).

13.3.4 Complaints received from Customers within the Territory that have not been processed through the Company’s complaint handling system.

13.3.5 Adverse incidents relating to customers within the Territory (e.g., MDR’s.).

14.4 Distributor shall notify Company in writing of the following:

14.4.1 Any serious regulatory action relating to the Products.

14.4.2 Tier I Complaints regarding Products or Instruments. Distributor shall code, trend and report monthly all phone call inquiries and Tier I Complaint data pertaining to Products.

14.4.3 If an adverse incident is received that may be subject to FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulation that pertain to Products and Instruments, then Distributor shall notify Company no later than 24 hours following Distributor’s initial receipt of the adverse event.

14.4.4 Distributor shall forward all complaints pertaining to Products and Instruments to Company no later than 5 working days following Distributor’s initial receipt of the complaint.

14.0 FIELD ACTIONS

14.1 The Company will be responsible for the initiation of any recalls or other field actions related to the Products.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

14.2 Both parties will comply with recalls or general corrective actions, provided such recalls or general corrective actions do not, in the opinion of Company violate or cause Company to violate the laws of any jurisdiction affected by the recalls or corrective action.

14.3 If Distributor and Company do not agree on a course of action, Company may initiate field actions related to the Products, but may not use field action to cause Distributor to lose Customers.

15.0 AUDITS

15.1 Company shall have the right to conduct audits of Distributor’s facilities and operations during normal business hours at its own expense and upon thirty (30) days notice to Distributor in order to assess compliance with all applicable regulations, procedures and this Quality Agreement. Any such audits will be conducted by a national “big four” independent accounting firm (or other independent accounting firm whose audit department is a separate stand alone function of its business and which possesses liability insurance with coverage of at least [****]), subject to such firm’s execution of a confidentiality agreement in form reasonably acceptable to Distributor. Company shall be permitted to conduct one audit per calendar year or more frequently in the instance there exists a material difference between the inventory records of Distributor and Company.

16.0 RECORD RETENTION

16.1 Both parties shall retain all sales and medical records as required by law.

16.2 Prior to any record destruction pertaining to Company Products and Instruments, the Distributor will notify the Company in writing. If the record destruction is not approved the Company will assume responsibility of the records.

17.0 REGULATORY AND REGISTRATION ADMINISTRATION

17.1 Distributor, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon domestic registration costs in accordance with Federal and State regulations. Distributor shall provide sufficient data and information to support domestic registrations.

17.2 Company, at its expense, is responsible for registration responsibilities, and for agreed upon registration costs of Products in the Territory. Company shall provide sufficient data and information to support such registrations.

18.0 QUALITY SYSTEM COMPLIANCE

18.1 Distributor shall establish and maintain a quality system in compliance with Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws. Distributor shall also ensure that its contract vendors maintain a quality system in compliance with current Title 21, United States Code of Federal Regulations and other applicable regulations, and governmental laws.

18.2 Distributor acknowledges that without registering as an out-of-state home medical device retail facility, an out-of-state home medical device retail facility shall not sell or distribute prescription devices in this state through any person or media other than

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

a wholesaler who is licensed pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 4000) of Division 2 of the California Business and Professions Code.

19.0 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTOR REQUIREMENTS

19.1 Distributor agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. Distributor agrees to obtain the necessary licenses to meet its obligations under this agreement.

19.2 Records should be accurate, indelible and legible. Entries must be dated and the person performing a documented task must be identified. Records must provide a complete history of the work performed. Products identified in this Quality Agreement are not in conflict with the laws of the importing country.

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

4.All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Amendment Number Two as of date first set out above.

Signed by:    /s/ Jess Roper            

Jess Roper

Title:     V.P. and Chief Financial Officer

for and on behalf of

DexCom, Inc.

Signed by:            /s/ Marc Cohen    

Name:

Title:         

for and on behalf of

______________Byram____________

[*****] = CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY BRACKETS AND ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED INFORMATION.

EX-21.01

Exhibit 21.01

DEXCOM, INC.

SUBSIDIARY (Name under which subsidiary does business)	JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
DXCM Sweden AB	Sweden
SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc.	Delaware

EX-23.01

Exhibit 23.01

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statements (Form S-3 Nos. 333-173918, 333-180420, and 333-182458) of DexCom, Inc., and

(2) Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-124059, 333-138174, 333-145159, 333-149734, 333-158993, 333-166552, 333-172604, 333-180421, and 333-188305) pertaining to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and 1999 Stock Option Plan of DexCom, Inc.;

of our reports dated February 20, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of DexCom, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of DexCom, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Diego, California

February 20, 2014

EX-31.01

Exhibit 31.01

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Terrance H. Gregg, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DexCom, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including any consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2014	By:	/s/ Terrance H. Gregg
		Terrance H. Gregg
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.02

Exhibit 31.02

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jess Roper, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DexCom, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including any consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 20, 2014	By:	/s/ Jess Roper
		Jess Roper
		Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.01

Exhibit 32.01

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C SECTION 1350

The undersigned, Terrance H. Gregg, the Chief Executive Officer of DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, hereby certifies that:

(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 of the Company (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 20, 2014

/s/ Terrance H. Gregg

Terrance H. Gregg

Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.02

Exhibit 32.02

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

The undersigned, Jess Roper, Chief Financial Officer of DexCom, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, hereby certifies:

(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 of the Company (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 20, 2014

/s/ Jess Roper

Jess Roper

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Financial Statement Details - Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Disclosure of Financial Statement Details [Abstract]
Accounts payable trade	$ 4.2	$ 3.9
Accrued tax, audit, and legal fees	1.2	0.7
Clinical trials	0.3	0.1
Accrued other including warranty	4.8	2.8
Acquisition-related liabilities	3.6	1.2
Total	$ 14.1	$ 8.7

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended						12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Jul. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Jul. 29, 2011	Jan. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Restricted Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Restricted Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Restricted Stock [Member] Minimum [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Restricted Stock [Member] Maximum [Member]
Maximum employee contribution percentage							90.00%
Maximum payroll deductions, percentage							10.00%
Employee purchase price floor, percentage							85.00%
Offering period (months)							12 months
Offering periods, frequency (months)							6 months
Number of purchase periods within an offering period							2
Purchase period (months)							6 months
Purchase date, frequency (months)							6 months
Increase in shares reserved for ESPP, percentage							1.00%
Common stock issued under ESPP	106,415	93,246	89,114	68,960	54,408	77,466
Vesting period, years							4 years				1 year	4 years
Vesting period, maximum, years							10 years
Equity Incentive Plan fair market value on grant date floor, percentage							100.00%
Increase in shares reserved for Equity Incentive Plans, percentage							3.00%
Weighted average fair value of options granted								$ 17.29	$ 10.58	$ 13.99
In-the-money options, maximum exercise price							$ 35.41
Options in-the-money, number							5,900,000
Options in-the-money, exercisable, number							5,800,000
Total fair value of RSUs vested								$ 17.5	$ 11.8	$ 2.9

XML

Business Combinations - Purchase Price Allocation (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 3.2	$ 3.2
Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Net assumed liabilities		(1.8)
Goodwill		3.2
Total purchase price allocation		6.1
Developed Technology Rights [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value		3.2
Estimated Useful Life in Months		109 months
In Process Research and Development [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value		0.2
In-Process Research And Development [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life in Months		51 months
Trademarks and Trade Names [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value, Intangible Assets Not Amortizable		0.1
Customer Relationships [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value		0.6
Customer-Related Intangible [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life in Months		70 months
Covenants Not-To-Compete [Member] | Sweetspot [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Estimated Fair Value		$ 0.6
Estimated Useful Life in Months		70 months

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Summary of Stock Option Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule Of Stock Options [Line Items]
Outstanding, Beginning	7.4
Exercised, Number of Shares	(1.5)
Cancelled, Number of Shares	0
Outstanding, Ending	5.9
Exercisable, Number of Shares	5.8
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 7.67
Exercised, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 6.64
Cancelled, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 8.18
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 7.94
Exercisable, Weighted-Average Exercise Price	$ 7.91
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	4 years 3 months 18 days
Exercisable, Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	4 years 3 months 18 days
Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 160.3
Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 159.1

XML

Business Combinations - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Mar. 06, 2012	Mar. 06, 2012 Closing Payment and the Promissory Note Payments [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Milestone Payments [Member]
Short-term Debt [Line Items]
Common stock of acquisition	100.00%
Common stock shares issued as the closing payment				384,483
Aggregate value of shares issued to Sweetspot shareholders	$ 3.9		$ 3.9
Fair value of contingent consideration	2.2		2.2
Business acquisition, Contingent consideration earned	1.1
Business acquisition, shares issued	89,296
Business acquisition, shares issuable up on achievement of milestones		267,880			267,880
Acquisition-related costs	$ 0.3

XML

Financial Statement Details - Short Term Marketable Securities, Available for Sale (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Financial Statement Details [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	$ 11.4	$ 40.6
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Estimated Market Value	11.4	40.6
U.S. government agencies [Member]
Financial Statement Details [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	8.9	31.8
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Estimated Market Value	8.9	31.8
Commercial paper [Member]
Financial Statement Details [Line Items]
Amortized Cost		0.8
Gross Unrealized Gains		0
Gross Unrealized Losses		0
Estimated Market Value		0.8
Corporate debt [Member]
Financial Statement Details [Line Items]
Amortized Cost	2.5	8.0
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
Estimated Market Value	$ 2.5	$ 8.0

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Nonvested Stock Options Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Nonvested [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Nonvested [Member]
Outstanding, Beginning	7.4	0.1	0.3
Vested, Shares	(0.2)
Forfeited, Shares	0
Outstanding, Ending	5.9	0.1	0.3
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 5.52
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 5.95
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 5.00
Outstanding, Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 4.60

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Summary of Stock Option Activity

A summary of our stock option activity, and related information for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows (in millions except weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average remaining contractual term):

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2012	7.4		$	7.67
Exercised	(1.5	)	6.64
Forfeited	—		8.18
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	5.9		$	7.94	4.3	$	160.3
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	5.8		$	7.91	4.3	$	159.1

Schedule of Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised and Fair Value of Options Vested

The total intrinsic value of options exercised as of the date of exercise and total fair value of options vested was as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	29.8	$	2.7	$	3.0
Fair value of options vested	$	1.3	$	3.7	$	5.7

Schedule of Nonvested Stock Option Activity

The following table sets forth a summary of our nonvested stock options and activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
	(in millions)
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	0.3		$	5.52
Vested	(0.2	)	5.95
Forfeited	—		5.00
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	0.1		$	4.60

Schedule of Share-Based Compensation Expenses

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were allocated as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of sales	$	2.6	$	2.1	$	1.4
Research and development	8.5		6.2		4.6
Selling, general and administrative	13.5		10.1		7.5
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	$	24.6	$	18.4	$	13.5

Schedule of Valuation Assumptions for Each Option Grant and Employee Stock Purchase Plan Purchase Rights

We estimated the fair value of each option grant and ESPP purchase rights on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the below assumptions.

Options:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	n/a	1.2	%	1.5 – 2.5
Dividend yield	n/a	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	n/a	0.70		0.68 – 0.69
Expected life (in years)	n/a	6.1		6.1

Estimate of Fair Value of ESPP

ESPP:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	0.13 – 0.17		0.11 – 0.19		0.21 – 0.26
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	0.30 – 0.39		0.39 – 0.70		0.31 – 0.49
Expected life (in years)	1		1		1

Schedule of Restricted Stock Units Activity

The following table sets forth a summary of our RSU activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in millions except weighted average grant date fair value):

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	3.0		$	11.60
Granted	2.4		17.29
Vested	(1.5	)	11.97
Forfeited	(0.3	)	12.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	3.6		$	15.13	$	126.9

Schedule of Stock Options Reserved for Future Issuance

Reserved Shares

We have reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013	2012
Stock options and awards under our plans:
Stock options granted and outstanding	5.9	7.4
Unvested RSUs	3.6	3.0
Reserved for future grant	0.5	0.5
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	2.6	2.1
Total	12.6	13.0

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net tax benefit (expense)	$ 0	$ 1,300,000	$ 0
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards, Domestic	384,500,000
Operating loss carryforwards	273,000,000
Tax Credit Carryforward, Expiration Date	Jan. 01, 2020
Tax credit carryforwards subject to expiration	2,100,000
Net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, limitations on use, ownership changes	50.00%
Net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, limitations on use, ownership change period (years)	3 years
Valuation allowance amount	164,700,000	151,300,000
Share-based compensation, excess tax benefits	17,100,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	0
Federal [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards, Research	6,400,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards, Expiration Dates	Jan. 01, 2019
State [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards, Research	$ 9,000,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards, Expiration Dates	Jan. 01, 2014

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Nov. 30, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Long-term Line of Credit	$ 15.0
Term Loan Debt	20.0
Prime Rate Plus	0.50%
Line Of Credit Facility Borrowing Base Percentage Of Eligible Accounts	80.00%
Term Loan Advances Aggregate Amount	7.0
Debt Instrument, Unused Borrowing Capacity, Amount	13.0
Debt Instrument Basis Spread On Treasury Variable Rate	6.94%
Debt Instrument, Maturity Date	Nov. 01, 2016
Debt Issuance Cost			1.1
Unamortized Debt Issuance Expense		0.6
Option to renew lease, in years		5 years
Potential rental rate adjustment, minimum		2.50%
Potential rental rate adjustment, maximum		4.00%
Term of lease (years)		3 years
Rent expense		3.0	2.5	2.6
Purchase commitments with vendors total		16.2
Purchase commitments with vendors total maximum term, in years		1 year
2014		2.2
2015		2.3
2016		2.3
Total		$ 6.8
Subsidiaries [Member]
Schedule Of Commitments And Contingencies [Line Items]
Term of lease (years)		5 years

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Schedule of Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	$ 3.5
Intangible Assets Not Subject To Amortization [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	3.5	3.5
Intangible Assets Not Subject To Amortization [Member] | In Process Research and Development [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	0.2	0.2
Intangible Assets Not Subject To Amortization [Member] | Trademarks and Trade Names [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	0.1	0.1
Intangible Assets Not Subject To Amortization [Member] | Goodwill [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	3.2	3.2
Intangible Assets Subject To Amortization [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	4.4	4.4
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(1.1)	(0.5)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	3.3	3.9
Intangible Assets Subject To Amortization [Member] | Developed Technology Rights [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite Lived Intangible Asset Weighted Average Amortization Period	109 months	109 months
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	3.2	3.2
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(0.7)	(0.3)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	2.5	2.9
Intangible Assets Subject To Amortization [Member] | Customer Related Intangibles [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite Lived Intangible Asset Weighted Average Amortization Period	70 months	70 months
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	0.6	0.6
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(0.2)	(0.1)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	0.4	0.5
Intangible Assets Subject To Amortization [Member] | Covenants Not To Compete [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite Lived Intangible Asset Weighted Average Amortization Period	70 months	70 months
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	0.6	0.6
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Accumulated Amortization	(0.2)	(0.1)
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	$ 0.4	$ 0.5

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation Between Effective Tax Rate and Statutory Rate (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Reconciliation Of Statutory Federal Tax Rate [Line Items]
Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rates	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.70%	2.74%	2.16%
Permanent items	(3.64%)	(0.84%)	(0.41%)
Research and development credits	6.17%	1.43%	3.93%
Stock and officers compensation	(2.23%)	(3.01%)	(2.37%)
Rate change	7.11%	(2.13%)	0.29%
Other	0.08%	(1.15%)	(2.02%)
Change in valuation allowance	(45.15%)	(29.76%)	(36.65%)
Effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations, total	0.04%	2.28%	(0.07%)

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Stock Options Reserved for Future Issuance (Detail) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Stock options granted and outstanding	5.9	7.4
Unvested RSUs	3.6	3.0
Reserved for future grant	0.5	0.5
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	2.6	2.1
Total	12.6	13.0

XML

Business Combinations - Estimated Initial Purchase Price (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended
	Feb. 21, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 06, 2012
Business Combinations [Abstract]
Market value of DexCom common stock issued on the Closing		$ 3.9	$ 3.9
Fair value of contingent consideration		2.2	2.2
Business Combination, Consideration Transferred	$ 6.1

XML

Net Loss Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Net Loss Per Common Share

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, options and unvested restricted stock units are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

Historical outstanding anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Options outstanding to purchase common stock	5.8	7.4	7.8
Unvested restricted stock units	3.6	3.0	1.9
Total	9.4	10.4	9.7

XML

Quarterly Financial Information - Schedule of Quarterly Financial Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Quarterly Financial Data [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 51.7	$ 42.9	$ 35.8	$ 29.6	$ 33.3	$ 23.1	$ 23.5	$ 20.1	$ 160.0	$ 99.9	$ 76.3
Gross profit	34.1	27.6	21.9	16.5	17.5	8.4	11.2	9.4	100.1	46.6	35.9
Total operating costs	36.4	33.4	31.8	27.4	25.9	25.7	25.9	24.8	129.0	102.3	80.7
Net loss	$ (2.6)	$ (6.0)	$ (10.1)	$ (11.1)	$ (8.5)	$ (17.3)	$ (14.7)	$ (14.1)	$ (29.8)	$ (54.5)	$ (44.7)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$ (40,000.00)	$ (80,000.00)	$ (140,000.00)	$ (160,000.00)	$ (120,000.00)	$ (250,000.00)	$ (210,000.00)	$ (210,000.00)	$ (0.42)	$ (0.79)	$ (0.68)

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Rental Obligations (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2014	$ 2.7
2015	2.7
2016	2.6
Total	$ 8.0

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Changes in Estimated Fair Value of Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation, Calculation [Roll Forward]
Fair value measurement at the beginning of period	$ 1.7	$ 0
Contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition	0	2.2
Changes in fair value measurement included in operating expenses	2.5	0.6
Fair value measurement at end of period	4.2	1.7
Fair Value, Measurement with Unobservable Inputs Reconciliation, Recurring Basis, Liability, Settlements	$ 0	$ (1.1)

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Fair Value Hierarchy for Financial Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	$ 28.7	$ 4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale	11.4	40.6
Restricted cash	1.0	1.0
Contingent consideration	4.2	1.7
U.S. government agencies [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	8.9	31.8
Commercial paper [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale		0.8
Corporate debt [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	2.5	8.0
Level 1 [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	0	0
Marketable securities, available for sale	0	0
Restricted cash	1.0	1.0
Contingent consideration	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | U.S. government agencies [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	0	0
Level 1 [Member] | Commercial paper [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale		0
Level 1 [Member] | Corporate debt [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	0	0
Level 2 [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	28.7	4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale	11.4	40.6
Restricted cash	0	0
Contingent consideration	0	0
Level 2 [Member] | U.S. government agencies [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	8.9	31.8
Level 2 [Member] | Commercial paper [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale		0.8
Level 2 [Member] | Corporate debt [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	2.5	8.0
Level 3 [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents, at Carrying Value	0	0
Marketable securities, available for sale	0	0
Restricted cash	0	0
Contingent consideration	4.2	1.7
Level 3 [Member] | U.S. government agencies [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	0	0
Level 3 [Member] | Commercial paper [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale		0
Level 3 [Member] | Corporate debt [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Marketable securities, available for sale	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised and Fair Value of Options Vested (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 29.8	$ 2.7	$ 3.0
Fair value of options vested	$ 1.3	$ 3.7	$ 5.7

XML

Commitments and Contingencies Commitments and Contingencies - Litigation (Details) (Abbotts Diabetes Care [Member])	0 Months Ended	63 Months Ended
	Aug. 18, 2006 patents number_patents	Mar. 31, 2013 number_patents requests	Dec. 31, 2013 number_patents requests	Sep. 30, 2007 number_patents	Feb. 28, 2007 number_patents	Aug. 19, 2006 number_patents	Jun. 27, 2006 number_patents	Mar. 31, 2006 number_patents
Abbotts Diabetes Care [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Patents Reexamined					3			4
Additional Patents, Infringement Claims							3
Number of Patents, Infringement Claims, Stay Granted	4
Number of Patent Infringement Claims Dismissed	1
Number of Patents, Infringement Claims, Struck or Disallowed	3
Number of Patents, Infringement Claims, Filed Seperately						3
Number of Patents, Infringement Claims, Consolidated				7
Loss Contingency, Number of Patent Infringement Claims, Atleast One Associated Reexamination Request, At Various Stages in Patent Office			2
Loss Contingency, Number of Claims Under Rexamination			7
Loss Contingency, Patents Issued Certificates of Reexamination			4
Number of Reexamination Requests Seeking to Invalidate Patents		38
Number of Patents, Reexamination Requests to Invalidate Filed For		31
Number of Reexamination Requests Seeking to Invalidate Patents, Various Stages in Patent Office			4
Number of Reexamination Requests Seeking to Invalidate Patents, Issued Certificate of Reexamination			33
Number of Reexamination Requests Seeking to Invalidate Patents, Denied			1
Number of European Patents, Opposition Filed			6

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Concentration of Credit Risk (Detail) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Customer [Member]
Entity Wide Accounts Receivable By Major Customer Percentage	19.00%	12.00%
Customer B [Member]
Entity Wide Accounts Receivable By Major Customer Percentage	17.00%	20.00%

XML

Net Loss Per Common Share - Historical Outstanding Anti-Dilutive Securities (Detail) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Outstanding anti-dilutive securities	9.4	10.4	9.7
Options outstanding to purchase common stock
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Outstanding anti-dilutive securities			7.8
Unvested restricted stock units
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Outstanding anti-dilutive securities			1.9

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Abstract]

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Business

DexCom, Inc. is a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring (“CGM”) systems for ambulatory use by people with diabetes and by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of people with and without diabetes. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “DexCom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and have an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million at December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had available cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaling $54.6 million, excluding $1.0 million of restricted cash, and working capital of $61.0 million. Our ability to transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not meet our operating plan as expected, we may be required to reduce planned increases in compensation related expenses or other operating expenses which could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives. We believe our working capital resources will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least December 31, 2014.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements and notes to conform to the current year presentation. During 2013, we began classifying patent costs within general and administrative expense. Historically, we had included such costs in research and development. We reclassified amounts previously reported in the 2012 and 2011 Consolidated Statements of Operations to conform to current classification totaling $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DexCom and our wholly owned subsidiaries, DexCom AB and SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc. (“SweetSpot”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Segment Reporting

An operating segment is identified as a component of a business that has discrete financial information available, and one for which the chief operating decision maker must decide the level of resource allocation. In addition, the guidance for segment reporting indicates certain quantitative thresholds. The operations of SweetSpot, our subsidiary, does not meet the definition of an operating segment and are currently not material, but may become material in the future. We currently consider our operations to be, and manage our business as, one operating segment.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include excess or obsolete inventories, valuation of inventory, warranty accruals, clinical trial expenses, allowance for bad debt, accounting for the SweetSpot acquisition including contingent consideration, and share-based compensation expense.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We invest our excess cash in bank deposits, money market accounts, and debt securities. We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Short-Term Marketable Securities

We have classified our short-term marketable securities as “available-for-sale” and carry them at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, if any, reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity and included in comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are calculated using the specific identification method and recorded as interest income.

Accounts Receivable

We grant credit to various customers in the normal course of business. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential credit losses. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a customer account is uncollectible. Generally, receivable balances greater than one year past due are deemed uncollectable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, are carried at cost, which we believe approximates fair value given their short-term nature.

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had irrevocable letters of credit outstanding with a commercial bank for approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, securing our facility leases. The letters of credit are secured by cash equivalents and an equal amount of restricted cash has been separately disclosed in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investment securities, and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure to credit loss by placing our cash with high credit quality financial institutions. We have established guidelines relative to diversification of our cash and investment securities and their maturities that are intended to secure safety and liquidity. These guidelines are periodically reviewed and modified to take advantage of trends in yields and interest rates and changes in our operations and financial position. The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of net accounts receivable:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Customer A	19	%	12	%
Customer B	17	%	20	%

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years for computer equipment, four years for machinery and equipment, and five years for furniture and fixtures, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We will record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. We have not experienced any material impairment losses on assets used in operations.

Share-Based Compensation

We recorded $24.6 million, $18.4 million and $13.5 million in share-based compensation expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013, unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units totaled $42.8 million and are expected to be recognized through 2017. We issued performance restricted stock units (the “Performance Awards”) in connection with our acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012. The performance targets for these Performance Awards are tied to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for fiscal years 2013 and 2014. We recognize expense for the Performance Awards when it is probable that the EBITDA targets will be met. At December 31, 2013, we had $1.3 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the Performance Awards. We use the grant date fair value of our common stock for valuing restricted stock unit awards. Our determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by our stock price. Compensation costs will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Revenue Recognition

We sell our durable systems and disposable units through a direct sales force in the United States and through distribution arrangements in the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and in portions of Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. Components are individually priced and can be purchased separately or together. We receive payment directly from customers who use our products, as well as from distributors, organizations and third-party payors. Our durable system includes a reusable transmitter, a receiver, a power cord, data management software and a USB cable. Disposable sensors for use with the durable system are sold separately in packages of four. The initial durable system price is not dependent upon the purchase of any amount of disposable sensors.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue on product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, which is when title and the risk of loss have been transferred to the customer and there are no other post shipment obligations. With respect to customers who directly pay for products, the products are generally paid for at the time of shipment using a customer’s credit card and do not include customer acceptance provisions. We recognize revenue from contracted insurance payors based on the contracted rate. For non-contracted insurance payors, we obtain prior authorization from the payor and recognize revenue based on the estimated collectible amount and historical experience. We also receive a prescription or statement of medical necessity and, for insurance reimbursement customers, an assignment of benefits prior to shipment.

We provide a “30-day money back guarantee” program whereby customers who purchase a durable system and a package of four disposable sensors may return the durable system for any reason within thirty days of purchase and receive a full refund of their purchase price. We accrue for estimated returns, refunds and rebates by reducing revenues and establishing a liability account at the time of shipment based on historical experience.

We have entered into distribution agreements with Edgepark, Byram and other distributors that allow the distributors to sell our durable systems and disposable units. Revenue on product sales to distributors is generally recognized at the time of shipment, which is when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the distributor and there are no other post-shipment obligations. Revenue is recognized based on contracted prices and invoices are either paid by check following the issuance of a purchase order or letter of credit, or they are paid by wire at the time of placing the order. Terms of distributor orders are generally Freight on Board (“FOB”) shipping point (Free Carrier (“FCA”) shipping point for international orders). Distributors do not have rights of return per their distribution agreement outside of our standard warranty. The distributors typically have a limited time frame to notify us of any missing, damaged, defective or non-conforming products. For any such products, we shall either, at our option, replace the portion of defective or non-conforming product at no additional cost to the distributor or cancel the order and refund any portion of the price paid to us at that time for the sale in question.

We shipped product directly to certain distributors’ customers and recognized $23.4 million, $15.9 million and $14.5 million in revenue, which represents 15%, 16% and 19% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. With respect to other distributors that stock inventory of our product and fulfill orders from their inventory, we shipped product to these distributors and recognized $70.5 million, $30.7 million and $17.7 million in revenue from these arrangements, which represents 44%, 31% and 23% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We monitor shipments to, and on-hand inventory levels of, these distributors, and at December 31, 2013, these distributors had limited amounts of our product in their inventory.

One of our distributors, Byram, accounted for $24.3 million and $9.6 million in revenue, which represents 15% and 9% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Revenues from Byram in 2011 were immaterial. Another one of our distributors, Edgepark, accounted for $23.1 million, $14.8 million and $15.5 million in revenue, which represents 14%, 15% and 20% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We have collaborative license and development arrangements with strategic partners for the development and commercialization of products utilizing our technologies. The terms of these agreements typically include multiple deliverables by us (for example, license rights, provision of research and development services and manufacture of clinical materials) in exchange for consideration to us of some combination of non-refundable license fees, funding of research and development activities, payments based upon achievement of clinical development milestones and royalties in the form of a designated percentage of product sales or profits. With the exception of royalties, these types of consideration are classified as development grant and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations and are generally recognized over the service period except for substantive milestone payments, which are generally recognized when the milestone is achieved. In determining whether each milestone is substantive, we considered whether the consideration earned by achieving the milestone should (i) be commensurate with either (a) our performance to achieve the milestone or (b) the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) relate solely to past performance and (iii) be reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. We recognize royalties in the period in which we obtain the royalty report, which is necessary to determine the amount of royalties we are entitled to receive.

Non-refundable license fees are recognized as revenue when we have a contractual right to receive such payment, the contract price is fixed or determinable, the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations under the license agreement. Multiple element arrangements, such as license, development and other multiple element service arrangements, are analyzed to determine how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting, or whether they must be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

For transactions containing multiple element arrangements, we consider deliverables as separate units of accounting and recognize deliverables as revenue upon delivery only if (i) the deliverable has standalone value and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is probable and substantially controlled by us. We allocate consideration to the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, in which allocation of consideration is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), or if VSOE and TPE are not available, management’s best estimate of a standalone selling price for elements.

We use judgment in estimating the value allocable to the deliverables in an agreement based on our estimate of the fair value or relative selling price attributable to the related deliverables and the consideration from such an agreement is typically recognized as product revenue or development grant and other revenue. For arrangements that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting, total payments under the arrangement are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period we expect to complete our performance obligations. We review the estimated period of our performance obligations on a periodic basis and update the recognition period as appropriate. The cumulative amount of revenue earned is limited to the cumulative amount of payments we are entitled to as of the period ending date.

If we cannot reasonably estimate when our performance obligation either ceases or becomes inconsequential, then revenue is deferred until we can reasonably estimate when the performance obligation ceases or becomes inconsequential. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance. Deferred revenue amounts are classified as current liabilities to the extent that revenue is expected to be recognized within one year.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement.

Warranty Accrual

Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment. We estimate future warranty costs by analyzing historical warranty experience for the timing and amount of returned product, and these estimates are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of such assumptions.

Research and Development

All costs of research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include salaries, bonus and payroll related costs, overhead, part components, share-based compensation, and fees paid to consultants.

Foreign Currency

The financial statements of our non-U.S. subsidiary, whose functional currency is the Swedish Krona, are translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, and revenue and expense transactions are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Cumulative translation adjustments are recognized as part of comprehensive income and are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses on transactions denominated in other than the functional currency are reflected in operations. To date the results of operations of this subsidiary and related translation adjustments have not been material in our consolidated results.

Comprehensive Loss

We report all components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Net loss and other comprehensive loss, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported, net of their related tax effect, to arrive at comprehensive loss.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value on a part-by-part basis that approximates first in, first out. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete and potential scrapped inventories. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data, and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Once written down the adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense accrued and amounts paid under the lease agreement is recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

In July 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the consolidated financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, the accounting standard provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

We file income tax returns in the United States and in various state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating losses incurred, our income tax returns from inception to date are subject to examination by taxing authorities. Our policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013, we had no interest or penalties accrued for uncertain tax positions.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy described by the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value and include the following:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

We base the fair value of our Level 1 financial instruments that are in active markets using quoted market prices for identical instruments. Our Level 1 financial instruments include certificates of deposit.

We obtain the fair value of our Level 2 financial instruments, which are not in active markets, from a primary professional pricing source using quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of quoted prices in active markets. Fair value obtained from this professional pricing source can also be based on pricing models whereby all significant observable inputs, including maturity dates, issue dates, settlement date, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issue spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers or other market related data, are observable or can be derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset.

We validate the quoted market prices provided by our primary pricing service by comparing the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our primary pricing service against the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our investment managers.

Certain contingent consideration liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they use unobservable inputs. For those liabilities, fair value is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs, which include the probability and expected timing of achievement and the discount rate, are not observable in the market.

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	28.7	$	—	$	28.7
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		8.9		—		8.9
Corporate debt	—		2.5		—		2.5
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	11.4	$	—	$	11.4
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	4.2	$	4.2

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	4.5	$	—	$	4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		31.8		—		31.8
Corporate debt	—		8.0		—		8.0
Commercial paper	—		0.8		—		0.8
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	40.6	$	—	$	40.6
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1.7	$	1.7

The book values of cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The book value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to the recent issuance.

Contingent Consideration Liability

In connection with the acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012, at the closing of the acquisition, we agreed to issue up to an additional 357,176 shares of our common stock upon the achievement of certain specified milestones, which is classified as contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the closing of $2.2 million was determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs of which are not observable in the market. The key assumptions in applying this approach are the interest rate and the estimated probabilities and timing assigned to the milestones being achieved. During 2012, approximately $1.1 million related to the contingent consideration was earned and paid through the issuance of 89,296 shares of our common stock, with up to 267,880 shares of our common stock that may still be issued upon the achievement of remaining performance milestones. Changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as research and development expense since the milestones are related to development activities.

The following table sets forth the change in the estimated fair value for our liabilities measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

	Twelve Months Ended   December 31,
	2013		2012
Fair value measurement at the beginning of period	$	1.7	$	—
Contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition	—		2.2
Changes in fair value measurement included in operating expenses	2.5		0.6
Contingent consideration settled	—		(1.1		)
Fair value measurement at end of period	$	4.2	$	1.7

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. Also, between annual tests we test for impairment if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

Recent Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") authoritative guidance for Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI"), which requires an entity to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of AOCI and to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Other than additional disclosure requirements, the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Reclassifications out of AOCI for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011were not material.

In July 2013, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this guidance at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal year 2014, and do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related financial statement disclosures.

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Additional Information (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Disclosure Financial Statement Details Additional Information [Abstract]
Depreciation	$ 6.4	$ 6.1	$ 3.8
Finite Lived Intangible Assets Amortization Expenses	$ 0.6	$ 0.5

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Accrued Payroll and Related Expenses (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Disclosure Financial Statement Details Accrued Payroll And Related Expenses [Abstract]
Accrued Vacation	$ 2.7	$ 2.3
Accrued Wages Bonus And Taxes	11.3	6.1
Accrued Employee Benefits, Current	1.1	0.8
Employee-related Liabilities	$ 15.1	$ 9.2

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Reconciliation Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Line Items]
Beginning Balance	$ 4.8	$ 4.4	$ 3.6
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Increase Resulting from Prior Period Tax Positions	0.5
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.9	0.5	0.8
Decreases due to statute of limitation expiration		(0.1)
Ending Balance	$ 6.2	$ 4.8	$ 4.4

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 43.2	$ 8.1
Short-term marketable securities, available-for-sale	11.4	40.6
Accounts receivable, net	26.1	19.5
Inventory	9.0	7.4
Prepaid and other current assets	3.4	2.0
Total current assets	93.1	77.6
Property and equipment, net	20.7	18.9
Restricted cash	1.0	1.0
Intangible assets, net	3.6	4.2
Goodwill	3.2	3.2
Other assets	0.9	1.1
Total assets	122.5	106.0
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	14.1	8.7
Accrued payroll and related expenses	15.1	9.2
Secured Debt, Current	2.2	0.2
Current portion of deferred revenue	0.7	1.4
Total current liabilities	32.1	19.5
Other liabilities	1.7	2.1
Secured Long-term Debt, Noncurrent	4.6	6.8
Long-term portion of deferred revenue	0	0.6
Total liabilities	38.4	29.0
Commitments and contingencies (Note 4)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100.0 authorized; 72.8 and 72.5 issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2013; and 69.7 and 69.5 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2012	0.1	0.1
Additional paid-in capital	559.5	522.6
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(0.1)	(0.1)
Accumulated deficit	(475.4)	(445.6)
Total stockholders' equity	84.1	77.0
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 122.5	$ 106.0

XML

Development and Other Agreements - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013 Helmsley Grant [Member] Research and Development Grant [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Option One [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Option Two [Member]	Jul. 31, 2013 Option One [Member]	Nov. 30, 2008 Edwards Lifesciences LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Edwards Lifesciences LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Edwards Lifesciences LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Edwards Lifesciences LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Edwards Lifesciences LLC [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member]	Nov. 30, 2011 Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member] Agreements With Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member] Agreements With Roche Diagnostics Operations [Member]	Feb. 01, 2012 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. [Member]	Feb. 01, 2012 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. [Member] Maximum [Member]	Feb. 29, 2012 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. [Member] Initial Payment [Member]
Development Agreements [Line Items]
Joint commitment upfront fee									$ 13.0
Third party contribution to off set expenses													10.0								1.0
Profit-sharing percent maximum										10.00%
Commercial sales royalty maximum										6.00%
Development grant and other revenue	2.9	6.9	10.4								1.4	2.1		0.8	0.2				0.5	0.3
Money eligible to be received related to regulatory approvals and manufacturing readiness									12.0
One-time milestone payment, received																0.5						1.0
Additional payment received upon agreement of a development and regulatory plan																	0.5
Additional milestone payments																		2.0
Research and Development Arrangement, Value of Grant				4.0
Research and Development Arrangement, Grants Received During Period	0.5
Royalty Guarantees, Commitments, Amounts, Per Year								2.0
Royalty Guarantees, Commitments, Commitment Period						4 years
Royalty Guarantees, Commitments, Amount							6.0
Research and Development Arrangement, Contract to Perform for Others, Compensation Earned					$ 0.5

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (USD $) In Millions	Total USD ($)	May 2011 [Member]	Common stock [Member] USD ($)	Common stock [Member] May 2011 [Member]	Additional paid-in capital [Member] USD ($)	Additional paid-in capital [Member] May 2011 [Member]	Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) [Member] USD ($)	Accumulated deficit [Member] USD ($)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ 61.0		$ 0.1		$ 407.4		$ (0.1)	$ (346.4)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010			62.1
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	2.2				2.2
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, shares			0.6
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	1.3				1.3
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares			0.1
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	13.5				13.5
Net loss	(44.7)							(44.7)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	104.5		0.1		495.6		(0.1)	(391.1)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011			67.5
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	2.1				2.1
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, shares			1.3
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	1.5				1.5
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares			0.2
Issuance of common stock for SweetSpot acquisition and milestone	5.0				5.0
Issuance of common stock for SweetSpot acquisition and milestone, shares			0.5
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	18.4				18.4
Net loss	(54.5)							(54.5)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	77.0		0.1		522.6		(0.1)	(445.6)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012			69.5
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans	10.2				10.2
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, shares			2.8
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan	1.9				1.9
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock Purchase Plan, shares			0.2
Share-based compensation for employee stock options and award grants	24.8				24.8
Net loss	(29.8)							(29.8)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 84.1		$ 0.1		$ 559.5		$ (0.1)	$ (475.4)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2013			72.5

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Valuation Assumptions for Each Option Grant and Employee Stock Purchase Plan Purchase Rights (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate		1.20%
Dividend yield		0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility of the Company's stock		70.00%
Expected life (in years)		6 years 1 month 6 days	6 years 1 month 6 days
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected life (in years)	1 year	1 year	1 year
Minimum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate			1.50%
Expected volatility of the Company's stock			68.00%
Minimum [Member] | Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate	0.13%	0.11%	0.21%
Expected volatility of the Company's stock	0.30%	0.39%	0.31%
Maximum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate			2.50%
Expected volatility of the Company's stock			69.00%
Maximum [Member] | Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk free interest rate	0.17%	0.19%	0.26%
Expected volatility of the Company's stock	0.39%	0.70%	0.49%

XML

Financial Statement Details - Inventory (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Disclosure of Financial Statement Details [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 4.8	$ 2.5
Work-in-process	0.3	0.4
Finished goods	3.9	4.5
Total	$ 9.0	$ 7.4

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Maturities of Long-term Debt [Table Text Block]

Principal repayment obligations under the Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.2
2015	2.3
2016	2.3
Total	$	6.8

Rental Obligations

Rental obligations, excluding real estate taxes, operating costs, and tenant improvement allowances, under all lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.7
2015	2.7
2016	2.6
Total	$	8.0

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Property and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Financial Statement Details [Abstract]
Furniture and Fixtures, Gross	$ 2.6	$ 2.5
Computer Equipment	15.2	12.0
Machinery and Equipment, Gross	19.0	16.2
Leasehold Improvements, Gross	10.5	9.3
Property and Equipment, Gross	47.3	40.0
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization	(26.6)	(21.1)
Property and Equipment, Net	$ 20.7	$ 18.9

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	132.8		$	123.5
Capitalized research and development expenses	7.2			8.1
Tax credits	7.3			5.5
Share-based compensation	12.2			10.1
Fixed and intangible assets	1.1			1.0
Other, net	5.4			4.5
Total gross deferred tax assets	166.0			152.7
Less: valuation allowance	(164.7		)	(151.3		)
Deferred tax liability related to acquired intangibles assets	(1.4		)	(1.5		)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)

Reconciliation Between Effective Tax Rate and Statutory Rate

The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations and the statutory rate is as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rates	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.70	%	2.74	%	2.16	%
Permanent items	(3.64	)%	(0.84	)%	(0.41	)%
Research and development credits	6.17	%	1.43	%	3.93	%
Stock and officers compensation	(2.23	)%	(3.01	)%	(2.37	)%
Rate change	7.11	%	(2.13	)%	0.29	%
Other	0.08	%	(1.15	)%	(2.02	)%
Change in valuation allowance	(45.15	)%	(29.76	)%	(36.65	)%
	0.04	%	2.28	%	(0.07	)%

Summary of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.6
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.8
Balance at December 31, 2011	4.4
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.5
Decreases due to statute of limitation expiration	(0.1		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	4.8
Adjustments related to prior year tax positions	0.5
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.9
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	6.2

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Interest Paid	$ 0.5	$ 0	$ 0
Operating activities
Net loss	(29.8)	(54.5)	(44.7)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	7.0	6.6	3.8
Share-based compensation	24.6	18.4	13.5
Accretion and amortization related to investments, net	0.3	0.8	0.9
Amortization of Financing Costs	0.4	0.1	0
Release of valuation allowance against deferred tax assets	0	(1.3)	0
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	2.5	0.7	0
Other Noncash Expense	0.2	0	0
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(6.5)	(7.0)	(5.9)
Inventory	(1.6)	0.7	(0.1)
Prepaid and other assets	(1.4)	(0.8)	1.2
Restricted cash	0	(0.1)	0.8
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	2.4	0.3	1.0
Accrued payroll and related expenses	5.8	2.4	1.1
Deferred revenue	(1.2)	0.1	(1.6)
Deferred rent and other liabilities	(0.3)	0.5	(0.1)
Net cash used in operating activities	2.4	(33.1)	(30.1)
Investing activities
Purchase of available-for-sale marketable securities	(16.3)	(66.4)	(102.7)
Proceeds from the maturity of available-for-sale marketable securities	45.1	104.3	64.3
Purchase of property and equipment	(7.9)	(9.5)	(8.0)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	20.9	28.4	(46.4)
Financing activities
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	12.0	3.6	74.7
Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Debt	0	6.6	0
Repayments of Long-term Debt	(0.2)	0	0
Repayments of Secured Debt	0	0	(0.5)
Net cash provided by financing activities	11.8	10.2	74.2
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	35.1	5.5	(2.3)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	8.1	2.6	4.9
Cash and cash equivalents, ending of period	43.2	8.1	2.6
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions
Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition and contingent consideration	$ 0	$ 6.1	$ 0

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value (in usd per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	5,000,000	5,000,000.0
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in usd per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	72,800,000	69,700,000
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	72,500,000	69,500,000

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(in millions)

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2010	$	0.5
Provision for doubtful accounts	0.7
Write-off and adjustments	(0.7		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2011	$	0.6

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2011	$	0.6
Provision for doubtful accounts	1.2
Write-off and adjustments	(0.7		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2012	$	1.2

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance December 31, 2012	$	1.2
Provision for doubtful accounts	2.7
Write-off and adjustments	(1.4		)
Recoveries	0.1
Balance December 31, 2013	$	2.6

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Feb. 14, 2014	Jun. 30, 2013
Entity Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	DXCM
Entity Registrant Name	DEXCOM INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001093557
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		72,810,396
Entity Public Float			$ 1,564,116,891

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Abstract]

Organization and Business

Organization and Business

DexCom, Inc. is a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of continuous glucose monitoring (“CGM”) systems for ambulatory use by people with diabetes and by healthcare providers in the hospital for the treatment of people with and without diabetes. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “company,” or “DexCom” refer to DexCom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and have an accumulated deficit of $475.4 million at December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had available cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaling $54.6 million, excluding $1.0 million of restricted cash, and working capital of $61.0 million. Our ability to transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not meet our operating plan as expected, we may be required to reduce planned increases in compensation related expenses or other operating expenses which could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives. We believe our working capital resources will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least December 31, 2014.

Reclassification, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements and notes to conform to the current year presentation.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DexCom and our wholly owned subsidiaries, DexCom AB and SweetSpot Diabetes Care, Inc. (“SweetSpot”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

An operating segment is identified as a component of a business that has discrete financial information available, and one for which the chief operating decision maker must decide the level of resource allocation. In addition, the guidance for segment reporting indicates certain quantitative thresholds. The operations of SweetSpot, our subsidiary, does not meet the definition of an operating segment and are currently not material, but may become material in the future. We currently consider our operations to be, and manage our business as, one operating segment.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include excess or obsolete inventories, valuation of inventory, warranty accruals, clinical trial expenses, allowance for bad debt, accounting for the SweetSpot acquisition including contingent consideration, and share-based compensation expense.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We invest our excess cash in bank deposits, money market accounts, and debt securities. We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities, Available-for-sale Securities, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Short-Term Marketable Securities

We have classified our short-term marketable securities as “available-for-sale” and carry them at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, if any, reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity and included in comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are calculated using the specific identification method and recorded as interest income.

Receivables, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Accounts Receivable

We grant credit to various customers in the normal course of business. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential credit losses. Uncollectible accounts are written-off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a customer account is uncollectible. Generally, receivable balances greater than one year past due are deemed uncollectable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, are carried at cost, which we believe approximates fair value given their short-term nature.

Letters Of Credit Policy [Text Block]

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had irrevocable letters of credit outstanding with a commercial bank for approximately $0.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively, securing our facility leases. The letters of credit are secured by cash equivalents and an equal amount of restricted cash has been separately disclosed in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investment securities, and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure to credit loss by placing our cash with high credit quality financial institutions. We have established guidelines relative to diversification of our cash and investment securities and their maturities that are intended to secure safety and liquidity. These guidelines are periodically reviewed and modified to take advantage of trends in yields and interest rates and changes in our operations and financial position. The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of net accounts receivable:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Customer A	19	%	12	%
Customer B	17	%	20	%

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years for computer equipment, four years for machinery and equipment, and five years for furniture and fixtures, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We will record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. We have not experienced any material impairment losses on assets used in operations.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

We recorded $24.6 million, $18.4 million and $13.5 million in share-based compensation expense during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 31, 2013, unrecognized estimated compensation costs related to unvested stock options and restricted stock units totaled $42.8 million and are expected to be recognized through 2017. We issued performance restricted stock units (the “Performance Awards”) in connection with our acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012. The performance targets for these Performance Awards are tied to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for fiscal years 2013 and 2014. We recognize expense for the Performance Awards when it is probable that the EBITDA targets will be met. At December 31, 2013, we had $1.3 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the Performance Awards. We use the grant date fair value of our common stock for valuing restricted stock unit awards. Our determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant is affected by our stock price. Compensation costs will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We sell our durable systems and disposable units through a direct sales force in the United States and through distribution arrangements in the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and in portions of Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. Components are individually priced and can be purchased separately or together. We receive payment directly from customers who use our products, as well as from distributors, organizations and third-party payors. Our durable system includes a reusable transmitter, a receiver, a power cord, data management software and a USB cable. Disposable sensors for use with the durable system are sold separately in packages of four. The initial durable system price is not dependent upon the purchase of any amount of disposable sensors.

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue on product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, which is when title and the risk of loss have been transferred to the customer and there are no other post shipment obligations. With respect to customers who directly pay for products, the products are generally paid for at the time of shipment using a customer’s credit card and do not include customer acceptance provisions. We recognize revenue from contracted insurance payors based on the contracted rate. For non-contracted insurance payors, we obtain prior authorization from the payor and recognize revenue based on the estimated collectible amount and historical experience. We also receive a prescription or statement of medical necessity and, for insurance reimbursement customers, an assignment of benefits prior to shipment.

We provide a “30-day money back guarantee” program whereby customers who purchase a durable system and a package of four disposable sensors may return the durable system for any reason within thirty days of purchase and receive a full refund of their purchase price. We accrue for estimated returns, refunds and rebates by reducing revenues and establishing a liability account at the time of shipment based on historical experience.

We have entered into distribution agreements with Edgepark, Byram and other distributors that allow the distributors to sell our durable systems and disposable units. Revenue on product sales to distributors is generally recognized at the time of shipment, which is when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the distributor and there are no other post-shipment obligations. Revenue is recognized based on contracted prices and invoices are either paid by check following the issuance of a purchase order or letter of credit, or they are paid by wire at the time of placing the order. Terms of distributor orders are generally Freight on Board (“FOB”) shipping point (Free Carrier (“FCA”) shipping point for international orders). Distributors do not have rights of return per their distribution agreement outside of our standard warranty. The distributors typically have a limited time frame to notify us of any missing, damaged, defective or non-conforming products. For any such products, we shall either, at our option, replace the portion of defective or non-conforming product at no additional cost to the distributor or cancel the order and refund any portion of the price paid to us at that time for the sale in question.

We shipped product directly to certain distributors’ customers and recognized $23.4 million, $15.9 million and $14.5 million in revenue, which represents 15%, 16% and 19% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. With respect to other distributors that stock inventory of our product and fulfill orders from their inventory, we shipped product to these distributors and recognized $70.5 million, $30.7 million and $17.7 million in revenue from these arrangements, which represents 44%, 31% and 23% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We monitor shipments to, and on-hand inventory levels of, these distributors, and at December 31, 2013, these distributors had limited amounts of our product in their inventory.

One of our distributors, Byram, accounted for $24.3 million and $9.6 million in revenue, which represents 15% and 9% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Revenues from Byram in 2011 were immaterial. Another one of our distributors, Edgepark, accounted for $23.1 million, $14.8 million and $15.5 million in revenue, which represents 14%, 15% and 20% of our total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We have collaborative license and development arrangements with strategic partners for the development and commercialization of products utilizing our technologies. The terms of these agreements typically include multiple deliverables by us (for example, license rights, provision of research and development services and manufacture of clinical materials) in exchange for consideration to us of some combination of non-refundable license fees, funding of research and development activities, payments based upon achievement of clinical development milestones and royalties in the form of a designated percentage of product sales or profits. With the exception of royalties, these types of consideration are classified as development grant and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations and are generally recognized over the service period except for substantive milestone payments, which are generally recognized when the milestone is achieved. In determining whether each milestone is substantive, we considered whether the consideration earned by achieving the milestone should (i) be commensurate with either (a) our performance to achieve the milestone or (b) the enhancement of value of the item delivered as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) relate solely to past performance and (iii) be reasonable relative to all deliverables and payment terms in the arrangement. We recognize royalties in the period in which we obtain the royalty report, which is necessary to determine the amount of royalties we are entitled to receive.

Non-refundable license fees are recognized as revenue when we have a contractual right to receive such payment, the contract price is fixed or determinable, the collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured and we have no further performance obligations under the license agreement. Multiple element arrangements, such as license, development and other multiple element service arrangements, are analyzed to determine how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting, or whether they must be accounted for as a single unit of accounting.

For transactions containing multiple element arrangements, we consider deliverables as separate units of accounting and recognize deliverables as revenue upon delivery only if (i) the deliverable has standalone value and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is probable and substantially controlled by us. We allocate consideration to the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, in which allocation of consideration is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), or if VSOE and TPE are not available, management’s best estimate of a standalone selling price for elements.

We use judgment in estimating the value allocable to the deliverables in an agreement based on our estimate of the fair value or relative selling price attributable to the related deliverables and the consideration from such an agreement is typically recognized as product revenue or development grant and other revenue. For arrangements that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting, total payments under the arrangement are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period we expect to complete our performance obligations. We review the estimated period of our performance obligations on a periodic basis and update the recognition period as appropriate. The cumulative amount of revenue earned is limited to the cumulative amount of payments we are entitled to as of the period ending date.

If we cannot reasonably estimate when our performance obligation either ceases or becomes inconsequential, then revenue is deferred until we can reasonably estimate when the performance obligation ceases or becomes inconsequential. Revenue is then recognized over the remaining estimated period of performance. Deferred revenue amounts are classified as current liabilities to the extent that revenue is expected to be recognized within one year.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement.

Warranty Accrual

Warranty Accrual

Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment. We estimate future warranty costs by analyzing historical warranty experience for the timing and amount of returned product, and these estimates are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis to determine the continued appropriateness of such assumptions.

Research and Development Expense, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Research and Development

All costs of research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include salaries, bonus and payroll related costs, overhead, part components, share-based compensation, and fees paid to consultants.

Foreign Currency

Foreign Currency

The financial statements of our non-U.S. subsidiary, whose functional currency is the Swedish Krona, are translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, and revenue and expense transactions are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Cumulative translation adjustments are recognized as part of comprehensive income and are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet. Gains and losses on transactions denominated in other than the functional currency are reflected in operations. To date the results of operations of this subsidiary and related translation adjustments have not been material in our consolidated results.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive Loss

We report all components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Net loss and other comprehensive loss, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported, net of their related tax effect, to arrive at comprehensive loss.

Inventory

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value on a part-by-part basis that approximates first in, first out. We make adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete and potential scrapped inventories. Factors influencing these adjustments include inventories on hand and on order compared to estimated future usage and sales for existing and new products, as well as judgments regarding quality control testing data, and assumptions about the likelihood of scrap and obsolescence. Once written down the adjustments are considered permanent and are not reversed until the related inventory is sold or disposed.

Lease, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense accrued and amounts paid under the lease agreement is recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income Tax, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Income Taxes

In July 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in the consolidated financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Additionally, the accounting standard provides guidance on the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

We file income tax returns in the United States and in various state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating losses incurred, our income tax returns from inception to date are subject to examination by taxing authorities. Our policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013, we had no interest or penalties accrued for uncertain tax positions.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy described by the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value and include the following:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

We base the fair value of our Level 1 financial instruments that are in active markets using quoted market prices for identical instruments. Our Level 1 financial instruments include certificates of deposit.

We obtain the fair value of our Level 2 financial instruments, which are not in active markets, from a primary professional pricing source using quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments, rather than direct observations of quoted prices in active markets. Fair value obtained from this professional pricing source can also be based on pricing models whereby all significant observable inputs, including maturity dates, issue dates, settlement date, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issue spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers or other market related data, are observable or can be derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset.

We validate the quoted market prices provided by our primary pricing service by comparing the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our primary pricing service against the fair values of our Level 2 marketable securities portfolio balance provided by our investment managers.

Certain contingent consideration liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they use unobservable inputs. For those liabilities, fair value is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs, which include the probability and expected timing of achievement and the discount rate, are not observable in the market.

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	28.7	$	—	$	28.7
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		8.9		—		8.9
Corporate debt	—		2.5		—		2.5
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	11.4	$	—	$	11.4
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	4.2	$	4.2

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	4.5	$	—	$	4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		31.8		—		31.8
Corporate debt	—		8.0		—		8.0
Commercial paper	—		0.8		—		0.8
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	40.6	$	—	$	40.6
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1.7	$	1.7

The book values of cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The book value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to the recent issuance.

Contingent Consideration Liability

Contingent Consideration Liability

In connection with the acquisition of SweetSpot in March 2012, at the closing of the acquisition, we agreed to issue up to an additional 357,176 shares of our common stock upon the achievement of certain specified milestones, which is classified as contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the closing of $2.2 million was determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, the significant inputs of which are not observable in the market. The key assumptions in applying this approach are the interest rate and the estimated probabilities and timing assigned to the milestones being achieved. During 2012, approximately $1.1 million related to the contingent consideration was earned and paid through the issuance of 89,296 shares of our common stock, with up to 267,880 shares of our common stock that may still be issued upon the achievement of remaining performance milestones. Changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as research and development expense since the milestones are related to development activities.

The following table sets forth the change in the estimated fair value for our liabilities measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

	Twelve Months Ended   December 31,
	2013		2012
Fair value measurement at the beginning of period	$	1.7	$	—
Contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition	—		2.2
Changes in fair value measurement included in operating expenses	2.5		0.6
Contingent consideration settled	—		(1.1		)
Fair value measurement at end of period	$	4.2	$	1.7

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We test goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. Also, between annual tests we test for impairment if events and circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, including a decline in market capitalization, a significant adverse change in legal factors, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

New Accounting Pronouncements, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Recent Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, we adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") authoritative guidance for Reporting Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI"), which requires an entity to report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of AOCI and to present reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances. Other than additional disclosure requirements, the adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Reclassifications out of AOCI for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011were not material.

In July 2013, the FASB issued authoritative guidance for Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, which provides explicit guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. We intend to adopt this guidance at the beginning of our first quarter of fiscal year 2014, and do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or related financial statement disclosures.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Product revenue	$ 157.1	$ 93.0	$ 65.9
Development grant and other revenue	2.9	6.9	10.4
Total revenue	160.0	99.9	76.3
Product cost of sales	58.1	48.3	36.6
Development and other cost of sales	1.8	5.0	3.8
Total cost of sales	59.9	53.3	40.4
Gross profit	100.1	46.6	35.9
Operating expenses
Research and development	44.8	38.3	29.6
Selling, general and administrative	84.2	64.0	51.1
Total operating expenses	129.0	102.3	80.7
Operating loss	(28.9)	(55.7)	(44.8)
Interest and other income	0	0.1	0.1
Interest expense	(0.9)	(0.2)	0
Loss before income taxes	(29.8)	(55.8)	(44.7)
Net tax benefit (expense)	0	1.3	0
Net loss	$ (29.8)	$ (54.5)	$ (44.7)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$ (0.42)	$ (0.79)	$ (0.68)
Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share	71.1	68.7	65.6

XML

Development and Other Agreements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Development Agreements Additional Information [Abstract]

Development and Other Agreements

Development and Other Agreements

Edwards Lifesciences LLC

On November 10, 2008, and as amended on May 5, 2009, we entered into a Collaboration Agreement (the “Collaboration Agreement”) with Edwards Lifesciences LLC (“Edwards”). Pursuant to the Collaboration Agreement, we and Edwards agreed to develop jointly and to market an in-hospital automatic blood glucose monitoring system. Under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement, as amended, Edwards paid us an upfront fee of $13.0 million in November 2008. In addition, we received $10.0 million, in total, for product development from 2009 through 2010. We will also receive either a profit-sharing payment of up to 10% on the product’s gross profits, or a royalty of up to 6% of commercial sales of the product. The Collaboration Agreement provides Edwards with an exclusive license under our intellectual property to the critical care sector in the hospital market. Edwards will be responsible for global sales and marketing, and we will initially be responsible for manufacturing. Our development obligations under the Collaboration Agreement were completed in the fourth quarter of 2012, and there will no longer be any development grant and other revenue recognized in future periods related to consideration previously received under the Collaboration Agreement. We recorded $1.4 million and $2.1 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received under the Collaboration Agreement for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Each of the milestones related to the Collaboration Agreement is considered to be substantive under the terms of the Collaboration Agreement and, at the outset of the agreement, we were entitled to receive up to $12.0 million in milestones related to regulatory approvals and manufacturing readiness, subject to reductions based on the timing of the receipt of approvals. However, we do not expect to receive all or any of such milestones due to regulatory and joint development delays. We did not recognize any consideration for milestones related to the Collaboration Agreement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc.

On November 1, 2011, we entered into a non-exclusive Research and Development Agreement (the “Roche Agreement”) with Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. (“Roche”) to integrate a future generation of our continuous glucose monitoring technology with Roche’s next generation Accu-Chek insulin delivery system in the United States. On February 20, 2013, Roche provided us with notice that Roche was terminating the Roche Agreement in accordance with its terms. We received an initial payment of $0.5 million as a result of the execution of the Roche Agreement, and we received an additional $0.5 million upon agreement of a development and regulatory plan. We recorded $0.8 million and $0.2 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, compared to none for 2011. As a result of the termination of the Roche Agreement, we are no longer entitled to receive any further consideration for milestones or development activities pursuant to the Roche Agreement.

Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.

On February 1, 2012, we entered into a non-exclusive Development and Commercialization Agreement (the “Tandem Agreement”) with Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Tandem”) to integrate a future generation of our continuous glucose monitoring technology with Tandem’s t:slim^™ insulin delivery system in the United States. On January 4, 2013, the Tandem Agreement was amended to allow for the integration of our G4 PLATINUM system with Tandem's t:slim insulin delivery system in the United States. Under the terms of the Tandem Agreement, we are entitled to receive up to $1.0 million to offset certain development, clinical and regulatory expenses. We received an initial payment of $1.0 million as a result of the execution of the Tandem Agreement. We are also entitled to receive up to an additional $2.0 million upon the achievement of certain milestones related to regulatory submissions and approvals as set forth in the Tandem Agreement. Each of the milestones related to the Tandem Agreement is considered to be substantive. We did not recognize any consideration for milestones for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. We recorded $0.5 million and $0.3 million in development grant and other revenue related to consideration previously received for development efforts for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Leona M. and Harry B Helmsley Charitable Trust

In July 2013, we were awarded a $4.0 million grant (the "Helmsley Grant") from the Leona M. and Harry B. Helmsley Charitable Trust (the "Helmsley Trust") to accelerate the development of the sixth generation of our advanced glucose-sensing technologies (the "Gen 6 Sensor"). The funding is milestone-based and is contingent upon our meeting specific development milestones related to the Gen 6 Sensor over the next several years. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, $0.5 million of the Helmsley Grant was received. Upon successful commercialization of our Gen 6 Sensor, we are obligated to either (1) make royalty payments based on a percentage of product sales of up to $2.0 million per year for four years, or (2) at our sole election, make a one-time $6.0 million royalty payment. The Helmsley Grant funds will offset research and development expense as incurred and earned. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, $0.5 million of Helmsley Grant funds was earned.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Long-Term Debt

In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) that provides for (i) a $15.0 million revolving line of credit and (ii) a total term loan of up to $20.0 million (the "Term Loan"), in both cases, to be used for general corporate purposes. The borrowings under the Loan Agreement are collateralized by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets with a negative pledge on our intellectual property.

The revolving line of credit is an interest-only financing that bears an interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5% and requires repayment of principal at the maturity date of November 2015. Available funds, which were $15.0 million as of December 31, 2013, up to the borrowing base of 80% of eligible accounts receivables, under the revolving line of credit can be drawn at any time, and repaid funds can be redrawn. No amounts have been drawn against the revolving line of credit.

Per the Loan Agreement, $7.0 million was advanced under the Term Loan at the funding date in November 2012, and initially provided up to $13.0 million in additional funds available upon our request from June 1, 2013 to September 30, 2013 (the "Draw Period"). In August 2013, the Loan Agreement was amended to change the Draw Period for the additional funds under the Term Loan to January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014. The Term Loan bears a fixed interest rate equal to the three-year treasury rate at the time of advance plus 6.94% and requires payment of interest only for the first year and amortized payments of interest and principal thereafter through the maturity date of November 2016.

The aggregate debt issuance costs and fees incurred with respect to the issuance of the Loan Agreement were $1.1 million. These costs have been capitalized as debt issuance costs on our consolidated balance sheet as other assets. Fees related to the revolving line of credit are being amortized through the maturity date of November 2015. Issuance costs and fees related to the term loan are being amortized through the maturity date of November 2016 using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining unamortized issuance costs and fees totaled $0.6 million. Principal repayment obligations under the Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.2
2015	2.3
2016	2.3
Total	$	6.8

Leases

In April 2006, we entered into an office lease agreement for facilities located in San Diego, California. In August 2010, we entered into a First Amendment to Office Lease (the “Lease Amendment”) with respect to facilities in the buildings at 6340 Sequence Drive and 6310 Sequence Drive, each in San Diego, California (the “Buildings”). Under the Lease Amendment, we leased additional space in the Buildings. The lease term for the Buildings extends through November 2016 and we have an option to renew the lease upon the expiration of the initial term for an additional five years. These facility leases have annual rental increases ranging from approximately 2.5% to 4.0%. The difference between the straight-line expense over the term of the lease and actual amounts paid are recorded as deferred rent. In September 2008, our subsidiary in Sweden entered into a three-year lease for a small shared office space, which was renewed for a three-year term and has a quarterly adjustment clause for rent to increase or decrease in proportion to changes in consumer prices. In July 2012, our subsidiary SweetSpot entered into a five-year lease for a small office space in a multi-tenant commercial building in Portland, Oregon. Rental obligations, excluding real estate taxes, operating costs, and tenant improvement allowances, under all lease agreements as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	2.7
2015	2.7
2016	2.6
Total	$	8.0

Total rent expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Litigation

On August 11, 2005, Abbott Diabetes Care, Inc. (“Abbott”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, seeking a declaratory judgment that our continuous glucose monitor infringes certain patents held by Abbott. In August 2005, we moved to dismiss these claims and filed requests for reexamination of the Abbott patents with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “Patent Office”) and by March 2006, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the four patents originally asserted against us in the litigation. On June 27, 2006, Abbott amended its complaint to include three additional patents owned or licensed by Abbott which are allegedly infringed by our continuous glucose monitor. On August 18, 2006, the court granted our motion to stay the lawsuit pending reexamination by the Patent Office of each of the four patents originally asserted by Abbott, and the court dismissed one significant infringement claim. In approving the stay, the court also granted our motion to strike, or disallow, Abbott's amended complaint in which Abbott had sought to add three additional patents to the litigation. Subsequent to the court's August 18, 2006 order striking Abbott's amended complaint, Abbott filed a separate action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement of the three additional patents it had sought to include in the litigation discussed above. On September 7, 2006, we filed a motion to strike Abbott's new complaint on the grounds that it is redundant of claims Abbott already improperly attempted to inject into the original case, and because the original case is now stayed, Abbott must wait until the court lifts that stay before it can properly ask the court to consider these claims. Alternatively, we asked the court to consolidate the new case with the original case and thereby stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office. In February 2007, the Patent Office ordered reexamination of each of the three patents cited in this new lawsuit. On September 30, 2007, the court granted our motion to consolidate the cases and stay the entirety of the case pending conclusion of the reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office relating to all seven patents asserted against us.

On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a motion with the district court seeking to lift the stay of the two consolidated cases.  We filed an opposition to the motion on January 17, 2014, and Abbott filed a reply brief in support of its motion on January 29, 2014.  The court has taken the motion under submission, although it is not clear when it will issue a ruling. On December 31, 2013, Abbott filed a new complaint for patent infringement.  In that complaint, Abbott alleges that our products, including our SEVEN PLUS and G4 PLATINUM continuous glucose monitoring systems, infringe claims of United States Patent No. 8,175,673.  We filed an answer to the complaint on January 23, 2014.  On January 28, 2014, we also filed a motion to consolidate the newest case (case no. 1-13-cv-02105-GMS) with the first two cases (case nos.1:05-cv-00509-GMS and 1:06-cv-00514-GMS), and to stay the three cases pending conclusion of all pending reexamination proceedings in the Patent Office.

In connection with this litigation, two of the seven patents that are the subject of the litigation have reexamination requests on appeal at the Patent Office. Certificates of Reexamination were issued for four of the seven patents and a Notice of Intent to Issue a Reexamination Certificate was issued for the seventh patent in August 2013. In many of these reexamination proceedings, Abbott filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art we presented, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art we presented, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims.

In addition, since 2008, Abbott has copied claims from certain of our applications, and stated that it may seek to provoke an interference with certain of our pending applications in the Patent Office. If interference is declared and Abbott prevails in the interference, we would lose certain patent rights to the subject matter defined in the interference. Also since 2008, Abbott has filed 38 reexamination requests seeking to invalidate 31 of our patents. Four of the 38 reexamination requests are in various stages at the Patent Office, and 33 have been issued a Certificate of Reexamination (one Reexamination Request was denied). We have filed responses with the Patent Office seeking claim construction to differentiate certain claims from the prior art presented in the reexaminations, seeking to amend certain claims to overcome the prior art presented in the reexaminations, canceling claims and/or seeking to add new claims. It is possible that the Patent Office may determine that some or all of the claims of our patents subject to the reexamination are invalid. Additionally, Abbott has filed an Opposition to six of our European patents, one of which was not defended and one of which was revoked.

Although it is our position that Abbott's assertions of infringement have no merit, and that the potential interference and reexamination requests by Abbott have no merit, neither the outcome of the litigation nor the amount and range of potential fees associated with the litigation, potential interference or reexamination requests can be assessed, and as of December 31, 2013, no amounts have been accrued.

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and suits arising out of the ordinary course of business, including commercial and employment related matters. We do not expect that the resolution of these matters would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position.

Purchase Commitments

We are party to various purchase arrangements related to our manufacturing and development activities including materials used in our glucose monitoring systems. As of December 31, 2013, we had purchase commitments with vendors totaling $16.2 million due within one year. There are no material purchase commitments due beyond one year.

XML

Business Combinations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Estimated Initial Purchase Price

The purchase price is as follows (in millions):

Market value of DexCom common stock issued on the Closing	$	3.9
Fair value of contingent consideration	2.2
Total purchase price	$	6.1

Purchase Price Allocation

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price.

	Estimated Fair Value (in millions)			Estimated Useful Life in Months
Net assumed liabilities	$	(1.8	)
Developed technology	3.2			109
In-process research and development	0.2			51
Trademarks and trade names	0.1
Customer-related intangible	0.6			70
Covenants not-to-compete	0.6			70
Goodwill	3.2
Total purchase price allocation	$	6.1

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies Additional Information [Abstract]

Schedules of Concentration of Risk, by Risk Factor [Table Text Block]

The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of net accounts receivable:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Customer A	19	%	12	%
Customer B	17	%	20	%

Fair Value Hierarchy for Financial Assets

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	28.7	$	—	$	28.7
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		8.9		—		8.9
Corporate debt	—		2.5		—		2.5
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	11.4	$	—	$	11.4
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	4.2	$	4.2

The following table represents our fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents, marketable securities and restricted cash) and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 (in millions):

	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents	$	—	$	4.5	$	—	$	4.5
Marketable securities, available for sale
U.S. government agencies	—		31.8		—		31.8
Corporate debt	—		8.0		—		8.0
Commercial paper	—		0.8		—		0.8
Total marketable securities, available for sale	$	—	$	40.6	$	—	$	40.6
Restricted cash	$	1.0	$	—	$	—	$	1.0
Contingent consideration	$	—	$	—	$	1.7	$	1.7

Change in Estimated Fair Value of Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis

The following table sets forth the change in the estimated fair value for our liabilities measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):

	Twelve Months Ended   December 31,
	2013		2012
Fair value measurement at the beginning of period	$	1.7	$	—
Contingent consideration recorded upon acquisition	—		2.2
Changes in fair value measurement included in operating expenses	2.5		0.6
Contingent consideration settled	—		(1.1		)
Fair value measurement at end of period	$	4.2	$	1.7

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Employee Benefit Plans

. Employee Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

We have a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all employees that meet certain age requirements. Employees may contribute up to 90% of their compensation per year (subject to a maximum limit by federal tax law). Under the 401(k) Plan, we may elect to match a discretionary percentage of contributions. No such matching contributions have been made to the 401(k) Plan since its inception.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) permits our eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, through periodic payroll deductions. Payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of the participant’s cash compensation subject to certain limitations, and the purchase price will not be less than 0.85 of the lower of the fair market value of the stock at either the beginning of the applicable “Offering Period” or the Purchase Date. Each Offering Period is twelve months, with new Offering Periods commencing every six months on the dates of February 1 and August 1 of each year. Each Offering Period consists of two (2) six month purchase periods (each a “Purchase Period”) during which payroll deductions of the participants are accumulated under the ESPP. The last business day of each Purchase Period is referred to as the “Purchase Date.” Purchase Dates are every six months on the dates of January 31 and July 31. Annually in January of each year, subject to Board discretion and certain limitations, shares reserved for the ESPP will automatically be increased by a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock at the preceding year end. On January 31, 2011, July 29, 2011, January 31, 2012, July 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and July 31, 2013 we issued 77,466, 54,408, 68,960, 89,114, 93,246 and 106,415, respectively, shares of common stock under the ESPP.

Equity Incentive Plans

In 2005, we adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”), which replaced the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan and provides for the grant of incentive and nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock bonuses, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock units to employees, directors or consultants of the Company. Shares reserved include all shares that were available under the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan on the day it was terminated. Options generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. In addition, incentive stock options may not be granted at a price less than the 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of the 2005 Plan is scheduled to end in March 2015. Annually in January of each year, subject to Board discretion and certain limitations, shares reserved for the 2005 Plan will automatically be increased by a number of shares equal to 3% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares of our common stock during the preceding year end.

A summary of our stock option activity, and related information for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows (in millions except weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average remaining contractual term):

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2012	7.4		$	7.67
Exercised	(1.5	)	6.64
Forfeited	—		8.18
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	5.9		$	7.94	4.3	$	160.3
Exercisable at December 31, 2013	5.8		$	7.91	4.3	$	159.1

The total intrinsic value of options exercised as of the date of exercise and total fair value of options vested was as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	29.8	$	2.7	$	3.0
Fair value of options vested	$	1.3	$	3.7	$	5.7

We define in-the-money options at December 31, 2013 as options that had exercise prices that were lower than the $35.41 closing market price of our common stock at that date. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2013 is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the market price of our common stock for the 5.9 million options that were in-the-money at that date. There were 5.8 million in-the-money options exercisable at December 31, 2013.

The following table sets forth a summary of our nonvested stock options and activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013:

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
	(in millions)
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	0.3		$	5.52
Vested	(0.2	)	5.95
Forfeited	—		5.00
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	0.1		$	4.60

Valuation and expense information

The following table summarizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were allocated as follows (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of sales	$	2.6	$	2.1	$	1.4
Research and development	8.5		6.2		4.6
Selling, general and administrative	13.5		10.1		7.5
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	$	24.6	$	18.4	$	13.5

We estimated the fair value of each option grant and ESPP purchase rights on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the below assumptions.

Options:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	n/a	1.2	%	1.5 – 2.5
Dividend yield	n/a	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	n/a	0.70		0.68 – 0.69
Expected life (in years)	n/a	6.1		6.1

ESPP:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk free interest rate	0.13 – 0.17		0.11 – 0.19		0.21 – 0.26
Dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock	0.30 – 0.39		0.39 – 0.70		0.31 – 0.49
Expected life (in years)	1		1		1

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the expected life of our employee stock options and stock purchase plan. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts.

As share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Authoritative guidance for share-based payment requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

RSU awards typically vest annually over one to four years, and vesting is subject to continued employment. The RSUs had a weighted-average grant date fair value of $17.29, $10.58 and $13.99 per share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested was $17.5 million, $11.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table sets forth a summary of our RSU activity as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in millions except weighted average grant date fair value):

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2012	3.0		$	11.60
Granted	2.4		17.29
Vested	(1.5	)	11.97
Forfeited	(0.3	)	12.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2013	3.6		$	15.13	$	126.9

Reserved Shares

We have reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows (in millions):

	December 31,
	2013	2012
Stock options and awards under our plans:
Stock options granted and outstanding	5.9	7.4
Unvested RSUs	3.6	3.0
Reserved for future grant	0.5	0.5
Employee Stock Purchase Plan	2.6	2.1
Total	12.6	13.0

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Restricted Stock Units Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified			12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013 Unvested restricted stock units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Outstanding,Shares	3.6	3.0	3.0
Granted, Shares			2.4
Vested, Shares			(1.5)
Forfeited, Shares			(0.3)
Outstanding, Shares	3.6	3.0	3.6
Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value			$ 11.60
Granted, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value			$ 17.29
Vested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value			$ 11.97
Forfeited, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value			$ 12.60
Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value			$ 15.13
Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value			$ 126.9

XML

Business Combinations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

On February 21, 2012, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) to acquire 100% of the common stock of SweetSpot. The merger was consummated on March 6, 2012 (the “Closing”). In accordance with the Merger Agreement, on the Closing, we issued 384,483 shares of our common stock having an aggregate value on the Closing of $3.9 million to the security holders of SweetSpot. The fair value of the contingent consideration at the Closing was determined to be $2.2 million using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model with the key assumptions being the discount rate, the timing of expected achievement and the probability assigned to each milestone being achieved. During 2012, approximately $1.1 million related to the contingent consideration was earned and paid through the issuance of 89,296 shares of our common stock. We may also issue up to 267,880 shares of our common stock in milestone payments contingent upon the achievement of certain other performance milestones. We have not issued any shares of common stock for milestone payments in 2013. We incurred acquisition-related costs of $0.3 million during 2012, which are recorded as general and administrative expense.

SweetSpot is a healthcare-focused information technology company with a platform for uploading and processing data from certain diabetes devices to advance the treatment of diabetes. SweetSpot specializes in turning raw output from certain devices into information for healthcare providers, individuals and researchers. Through our acquisition of SweetSpot, we have a software platform that enables our customers to aggregate and analyze data from certain diabetes devices and to share it with their healthcare providers.

The acquisition of SweetSpot has been recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the authoritative guidance for business combinations. The allocation of purchase price is based on our valuation of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the Closing.

The purchase price is as follows (in millions):

Market value of DexCom common stock issued on the Closing	$	3.9
Fair value of contingent consideration	2.2
Total purchase price	$	6.1

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price.

	Estimated Fair Value (in millions)			Estimated Useful Life in Months
Net assumed liabilities	$	(1.8	)
Developed technology	3.2			109
In-process research and development	0.2			51
Trademarks and trade names	0.1
Customer-related intangible	0.6			70
Covenants not-to-compete	0.6			70
Goodwill	3.2
Total purchase price allocation	$	6.1

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and trademarks and trade names are not amortized, but are subject to review for impairment on at least an annual basis. Acquired developed technology represents the fair value assigned to technology assets that we acquired that have been completed at the date of acquisition. The acquired technology is capitalized as intangible assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives. Acquired in-process research and development ("IPR&D") represents the fair value assigned to research and development assets that we acquired that have not been completed at the date of acquisition. The acquired IPR&D is capitalized as an intangible asset and tested for impairment at least annually until commercialization, after which time the IPR&D will be amortized over its estimated useful life. Acquired customer-related intangibles and covenant not-to-compete are capitalized as intangible assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Income Taxes

7. Income Taxes

We have recorded a net tax benefit of $12,000 and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A tax benefit was recorded in 2012 related to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as a result of the merger with SweetSpot, partially offset by foreign income taxes. The tax expense in 2013 is primarily related to foreign income taxes and state minimum taxes.

At December 31, 2013, we had federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $384.5 million and $273.0 million, respectively. The federal and state tax loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2019 and 2014, respectively, unless previously utilized. We also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.4 million and $9.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit will begin to expire in 2020, unless previously utilized.

Utilization of net operating losses and credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. An ownership change limitation occurred as a result of the stock offering completed in February 2009. The limitation will likely result in approximately $2.1 million of U.S. income tax credits that will expire unused. The related deferred tax assets have been removed from the components of our deferred tax assets as summarized below. The tax benefits related to the remaining federal and state net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be further limited or lost if future cumulative changes in ownership exceed 50% within any three-year period.

Significant components of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown below (in millions). A valuation allowance of approximately $164.7 million has been established as of December 31, 2013 to offset the deferred tax assets, as realization of such assets is uncertain. As a result of the acquisition of SweetSpot, we recorded an income tax benefit of approximately $1.3 million related to a release of a portion of the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. We maintain a deferred tax liability related to indefinite lived intangible assets that is not netted against deferred tax assets, as reversal of the taxable temporary difference cannot serve as a source of income for realization of the deferred tax assets, because the deferred tax liability will not reverse until the asset is sold or written down due to impairment.

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	132.8		$	123.5
Capitalized research and development expenses	7.2			8.1
Tax credits	7.3			5.5
Share-based compensation	12.2			10.1
Fixed and intangible assets	1.1			1.0
Other, net	5.4			4.5
Total gross deferred tax assets	166.0			152.7
Less: valuation allowance	(164.7		)	(151.3		)
Deferred tax liability related to acquired intangibles assets	(1.4		)	(1.5		)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	(0.1		)	(0.1		)

We recognize windfall tax benefits associated with the exercise of share-based compensation directly to stockholders’ equity only when realized. Accordingly, deferred tax assets are not recognized for net operating loss carryforwards resulting from windfall tax benefits occurring from January 1, 2006 onward. At December 31, 2013, deferred tax assets do not include $17.1 million of excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.

The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income (loss) from continuing operations and the statutory rate is as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rates	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit	2.70	%	2.74	%	2.16	%
Permanent items	(3.64	)%	(0.84	)%	(0.41	)%
Research and development credits	6.17	%	1.43	%	3.93	%
Stock and officers compensation	(2.23	)%	(3.01	)%	(2.37	)%
Rate change	7.11	%	(2.13	)%	0.29	%
Other	0.08	%	(1.15	)%	(2.02	)%
Change in valuation allowance	(45.15	)%	(29.76	)%	(36.65	)%
	0.04	%	2.28	%	(0.07	)%

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits (in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2011	$	3.6
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.8
Balance at December 31, 2011	4.4
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.5
Decreases due to statute of limitation expiration	(0.1		)
Balance at December 31, 2012	4.8
Adjustments related to prior year tax positions	0.5
Increases related to current year tax positions	0.9
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	6.2

Due to the valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets, none of the total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 would reduce our annual effective tax rate if recognized. Interest and penalties are classified as a component of income tax expense. Due to net operating losses incurred, tax years from 1999 to 2012 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. We do not intend to early adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2013. The tangible property regulations will require us to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however we do not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to our consolidated financial statements.

XML

Quarterly Financial Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Quarterly Financial Information

. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions except per share data):

	For the Three Months Ended
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
Year ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	51.7		$	42.9		$	35.8		$	29.6
Gross profit	34.1			27.6			21.9			16.5
Total operating expenses	36.4			33.4			31.8			27.4
Net loss	(2.6		)	(6.0		)	(10.1		)	(11.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.16	)
Year ended December 31, 2012
Revenues (a)	$	33.3		$	23.1		$	23.5		$	20.1
Gross profit (a)	17.5			8.4			11.2			9.4
Total operating expenses	25.9			25.7			25.9			24.8
Net loss (a)	(8.5		)	(17.3		)	(14.7		)	(14.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.21	)

(a) The sum of the four quarters may not agree to the year total due to rounding within a quarter.

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance, beginning	$ 1.2	$ 0.6	$ 0.5
Provision for doubtful accounts	2.7	1.2	0.7
Write-off and adjustments	(1.4)	(0.7)	(0.7)
Recoveries	0.1	0.1	0.1
Balance, ending	$ 2.6	$ 1.2	$ 0.6

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Accounts Receivable (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Accounts Receivable, Gross	$ 28.8	$ 20.7
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable	(2.7)	(1.2)
Accounts Receivable, Net	$ 26.1	$ 19.5

XML

Income Taxes - Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Summary Of Net Deferred Tax Assets [Line Items]
Net operating loss carryforwards	$ 132.8	$ 123.5
Capitalized research and development expenses	7.2	8.1
Tax credits	7.3	5.5
Share-based compensation	12.2	10.1
Fixed and intangible assets	1.1	1.0
Other, net	5.4	4.5
Total gross deferred tax assets	166.0	152.7
Less: valuation allowance	(164.7)	(151.3)
Deferred tax liability related to acquired intangibles assets	(1.4)	(1.5)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$ (0.1)	$ (0.1)

XML

Financial Statement Details (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Financial Statement Details [Abstract]

Short Term Marketable Securities, Available for Sale

Short term marketable securities, consisting solely of debt securities with contractual maturities of less than one year were as follows:

	December 31, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	8.9	$	—	$	—	$	8.9
Corporate debt	2.5		—		—		2.5
Total	$	11.4	$	—	$	—	$	11.4

	December 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	31.8	$	—	$	—	$	31.8
Corporate debt	8.0		—		—		8.0
Commercial paper	0.8		—		—		0.8
Total	$	40.6	$	—	$	—	$	40.6

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accounts receivable	$	28.8		$	20.7
Less allowance for doubtful accounts, sales returns and discounts	(2.7		)	(1.2		)
Total	$	26.1		$	19.5

Inventory

Inventory

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	4.8	$	2.5
Work-in-process	0.3		0.4
Finished goods	3.9		4.5
Total	$	9.0	$	7.4

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture and fixtures	$	2.6		$	2.5
Computer equipment	15.2			12.0
Machinery and equipment	19.0			16.2
Leasehold improvements	10.5			9.3
Total	47.3			40.0
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(26.6		)	(21.1		)
Property and equipment, net	$	20.7		$	18.9

Schedule of Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.7	)	$	2.5
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Total		$	4.4	$	(1.1	)	$	3.3
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.3	)	$	2.9
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Total		$	4.4	$	(0.5	)	$	3.9
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Schedule of Estimated Future Amortization Expense

The following table sets forth the total future amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013:

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	0.6
2015	0.7
2016	0.5
2017	0.5
2018	0.3
Thereafter through 2021	0.9
Total	$	3.5

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accounts payable trade	$	4.2	$	3.9
Accrued tax, audit, and legal fees	1.2		0.7
Clinical trials	0.3		0.1
Accrued other including warranty	4.8		2.8
Acquisition-related liabilities	3.6		1.2
Total	$	14.1	$	8.7

Accrued Payroll And Related Expenses

Accrued Payroll and Related Expenses

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued paid time off	$	2.7	$	2.3
Accrued wages, bonus and taxes	11.3		6.1
Other accrued employee benefits	1.1		0.8
Total	$	15.1	$	9.2

Accrued Warranty

Accrued Warranty

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	0.3		$	0.3
Charges to costs and expenses	4.1			1.9
Costs incurred	(3.5		)	(1.9		)
Ending balance	$	0.9		$	0.3

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Schedule of Quarterly Financial Information

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions except per share data):

	For the Three Months Ended
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
Year ended December 31, 2013
Revenues	$	51.7		$	42.9		$	35.8		$	29.6
Gross profit	34.1			27.6			21.9			16.5
Total operating expenses	36.4			33.4			31.8			27.4
Net loss	(2.6		)	(6.0		)	(10.1		)	(11.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.16	)
Year ended December 31, 2012
Revenues (a)	$	33.3		$	23.1		$	23.5		$	20.1
Gross profit (a)	17.5			8.4			11.2			9.4
Total operating expenses	25.9			25.7			25.9			24.8
Net loss (a)	(8.5		)	(17.3		)	(14.7		)	(14.1		)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.25	)	$	(0.21	)	$	(0.21	)

(a) The sum of the four quarters may not agree to the year total due to rounding within a quarter.

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Additional Information (Detail) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Shareholders Equity [Line Items]
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	72.8	69.7

XML

Financial Statement Details - Accrued Warranty (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 0.3	$ 0.3
Charges to costs and expenses	4.1	1.9
Product Warranty Accrual, Payments	(3.5)	(1.9)
Ending balance	$ 0.9	$ 0.3

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Net loss	$ (29.8)	$ (54.5)	$ (44.7)
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term available-for-sale marketable securities	0	0	0
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)	0	0	(0.1)
Comprehensive loss	$ (29.8)	$ (54.5)	$ (44.8)

XML

Financial Statement Details

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Disclosure of Financial Statement Details [Abstract]

Financial Statement Details

Financial Statement Details (in millions)

Short Term Marketable Securities, Available for Sale

Short term marketable securities, consisting solely of debt securities with contractual maturities of less than one year were as follows:

	December 31, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	8.9	$	—	$	—	$	8.9
Corporate debt	2.5		—		—		2.5
Total	$	11.4	$	—	$	—	$	11.4

	December 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Market Value
U.S. government agencies	$	31.8	$	—	$	—	$	31.8
Corporate debt	8.0		—		—		8.0
Commercial paper	0.8		—		—		0.8
Total	$	40.6	$	—	$	—	$	40.6

Accounts Receivable

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Accounts receivable	$	28.8		$	20.7
Less allowance for doubtful accounts, sales returns and discounts	(2.7		)	(1.2		)
Total	$	26.1		$	19.5

Inventory

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Raw materials	$	4.8	$	2.5
Work-in-process	0.3		0.4
Finished goods	3.9		4.5
Total	$	9.0	$	7.4

Property and Equipment

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Furniture and fixtures	$	2.6		$	2.5
Computer equipment	15.2			12.0
Machinery and equipment	19.0			16.2
Leasehold improvements	10.5			9.3
Total	47.3			40.0
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(26.6		)	(21.1		)
Property and equipment, net	$	20.7		$	18.9

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $6.4 million, $6.1 million, and $3.8 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.7	)	$	2.5
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.2		)	0.4
Total		$	4.4	$	(1.1	)	$	3.3
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 consisted of the following (in millions, except months):

	Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in months)	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Developed technology	109	$	3.2	$	(0.3	)	$	2.9
Customer-related intangible	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Covenants not-to-compete	70	0.6		(0.1		)	0.5
Total		$	4.4	$	(0.5	)	$	3.9
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
In-process research and development							0.2
Trademarks and trade names							0.1
Goodwill							3.2
Total							$	3.5

Total expense related to amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million and $0.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, compared to none for 2011.

The following table sets forth the total future amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013:

Fiscal Year Ending
2014	$	0.6
2015	0.7
2016	0.5
2017	0.5
2018	0.3
Thereafter through 2021	0.9
Total	$	3.5

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accounts payable trade	$	4.2	$	3.9
Accrued tax, audit, and legal fees	1.2		0.7
Clinical trials	0.3		0.1
Accrued other including warranty	4.8		2.8
Acquisition-related liabilities	3.6		1.2
Total	$	14.1	$	8.7

Accrued Payroll and Related Expenses

	December 31,
	2013		2012
Accrued paid time off	$	2.7	$	2.3
Accrued wages, bonus and taxes	11.3		6.1
Other accrued employee benefits	1.1		0.8
Total	$	15.1	$	9.2

Accrued Warranty

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012
Beginning balance	$	0.3		$	0.3
Charges to costs and expenses	4.1			1.9
Costs incurred	(3.5		)	(1.9		)
Ending balance	$	0.9		$	0.3

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Schedule of Share Based Compensation Expenses (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	$ 24.6	$ 18.4	$ 13.5
Cost of sales [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	2.6	2.1	1.4
Research and development [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	8.5	6.2	4.6
Selling, general and administrative [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense included in operating expenses	$ 13.5	$ 10.1	$ 7.5

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 06, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Prior Period Reclassification Adjustment											$ 1.2	$ 1.2
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount		0.7				0.7				0.7	0.7
Maturity Threshold Of Investments Classified To Cash Equivalents										90
Accumulated deficit		475.4				445.6				475.4	445.6
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments		54.6								54.6
Restricted cash		1.0				1.0				1.0	1.0
Working capital		61.0								61.0
Allocated share-based compensation expense										24.6	18.4	13.5
Unrecognized compensation cost		42.8								42.8
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Total Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized, Share-based Awards Other than Options		1.3								1.3
Money back guarantee period (days)										30 days
Revenues		51.7	42.9	35.8	29.6	33.3	23.1	23.5	20.1	160.0	99.9	76.3
Valuation allowance amount		164.7				151.3				164.7	151.3
Net tax benefit (expense)										0	1.3	0
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards, Domestic		384.5								384.5
Operating loss carryforwards		273.0								273.0
Tax Credit Carryforward, Expiration Date										Jan. 01, 2020
Business Combination, Contingent Consideration, Liability Shares	357,176
Fair value of contingent consideration	2.2					2.2					2.2
Business acquisition, Contingent consideration earned											1.1
Business acquisition, shares issued											89,296
Business acquisition, shares issuable up on achievement of milestones		267,880								267,880
Milestone Payments [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Business acquisition, shares issuable up on achievement of milestones		267,880								267,880
Direct to Customer [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Sales revenue from major distributor, amount										23.4	15.9	14.5
Sales revenue, goods, gross, percentage										15.00%	16.00%	19.00%
Gross Revenue, Third Party Distribution [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Sales revenue, goods, gross, percentage										44.00%	31.00%	23.00%
Sales revenue, goods, gross										70.5	30.7	17.7
Byram [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Revenues										24.3	9.6
Concentration Risk, Percentage										15.00%	9.00%
Edgepark [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Revenues										$ 23.1	$ 14.8	$ 15.5
Concentration Risk, Percentage										14.00%	15.00%	20.00%
Computer Equipment [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life										3 years
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life										4 years
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life										5 years

XML

Financial Statement Details Financial Statement Details - Schedule of Future Amortization Expense (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2013
Disclosure Financial Statement Details Schedule Of Future Amortization Expense [Abstract]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Year Two	$ 0.6
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Year Two	0.7
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Year Three	0.5
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Year Four	0.5
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, Year Five	0.3
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Amortization Expense, after Year Five	0.9
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net	$ 3.5

XML

Net Loss Per Common Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2013

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Historical Outstanding Anti-Dilutive Securities

Historical outstanding anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation (in millions):

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013	2012	2011
Options outstanding to purchase common stock	5.8	7.4	7.8
Unvested restricted stock units	3.6	3.0	1.9
Total	9.4	10.4	9.7